* Makefile.am (ALL_MACHINES): Add cpu-tilegx.lo and cpu-tilepro.lo.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
7c31ae13 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81 105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
107Inc.
252b5132 108
0285c67d 109Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 110under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
111or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
112with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
113Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 114section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
115
116@c man end
0e9517a9 117@end copying
252b5132
RH
118
119@titlepage
120@title Using @value{AS}
121@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
122@ifclear GENERIC
123@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
124@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
125@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
126@sp 1
127@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
129@sp 1
130@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
131@sp 1
132@sp 13
b45619c0 133The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 134Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 135first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
136The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
137distracting the boss while they got some work
138done.
139@sp 3
140@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
141@page
142@tex
143{\parskip=0pt
144\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
145\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
146}
147%"boxit" macro for figures:
148%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
149\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
150 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
151#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
152\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
153@end tex
154
155@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81 156Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1572000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
158Inc.
252b5132 159
cf055d54 160 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 161 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
162 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
163 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
164 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 165 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 166
252b5132 167@end titlepage
4ecceb71 168@contents
252b5132 169
2e64b665 170@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
171@node Top
172@top Using @value{AS}
173
e49e529d
JM
174This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
175@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
176@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
177@end ifset
178version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 179@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 180This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
181code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
182@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
183
184This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
185Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 186section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 187
252b5132
RH
188@menu
189* Overview:: Overview
190* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
191* Syntax:: Syntax
192* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
193* Symbols:: Symbols
194* Expressions:: Expressions
195* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
196@ifset ELF
197* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
198@end ifset
252b5132
RH
199* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
200* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
201* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 202* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 203* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 204@end menu
2e64b665 205@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
206
207@node Overview
208@chapter Overview
209@iftex
a4fb0134 210This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 211@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 212This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
213code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
214@end ifclear
215@end iftex
216
217@cindex invocation summary
218@cindex option summary
219@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 220Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 221see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 222
0285c67d
NC
223@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
224
a4fb0134 225@ignore
0285c67d
NC
226@c man begin SEEALSO
227gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
228@c man end
a4fb0134 229@end ignore
0285c67d 230
252b5132
RH
231@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
232@c to be limited to one line for the header.
233@smallexample
0285c67d 234@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 235@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 236 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 237 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
238 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
239 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
240 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
241 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
242 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
243 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
244 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 245 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 246 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
249@c
250@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 251@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
252@ifset ALPHA
253
254@emph{Target Alpha options:}
255 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
256 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 257 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
258 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
259 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
260@end ifset
252b5132 261@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
262
263@emph{Target ARC options:}
264 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
265 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
266@end ifset
267@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 270@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
271 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
272 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
273 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
274 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 275 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 276 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
277 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
278 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
279 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 280 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 281@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
282@ifset Blackfin
283
284@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
285 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
286 [@b{-mfdpic}]
287 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
288 [@b{-mnopic}]
289@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
290@ifset CRIS
291
292@emph{Target CRIS options:}
293 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
294 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
295 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 296 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
297@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
298@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
299@end ifset
252b5132 300@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
301
302@emph{Target D10V options:}
303 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
304@end ifset
305@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
306
307@emph{Target D30V options:}
308 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
309@end ifset
310@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
311
312@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
313 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
314@end ifset
315@ifset HPPA
316@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
317@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
318@ifset I80386
319
320@emph{Target i386 options:}
351f65ca 321 [@b{--32}|@b{--n32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 322 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
323@end ifset
324@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
325
326@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 327@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
328 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
329 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
330 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 331@end ifset
587fe2b3 332@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 333
9e32ca89
NC
334@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
335 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
336 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
337 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 338 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 339 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 340 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
341 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
342@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
343@ifset IP2K
344
345@emph{Target IP2K options:}
346 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
347@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
348@ifset M32C
349
350@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 351 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 352@end ifset
587fe2b3 353@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 354
a4fb0134
SC
355@emph{Target M32R options:}
356 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 357 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 358@end ifset
252b5132 359@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
360
361@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
362 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 363@end ifset
60bcf0fa 364@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
365
366@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 367 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
368 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
369 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 370 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
371 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
372 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
373@end ifset
374@ifset MCORE
375
376@emph{Target MCORE options:}
377 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
378 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 379@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
380@ifset MICROBLAZE
381@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
382@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
383@end ifset
252b5132 384@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
385
386@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 387 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 388 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 389 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
390 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
391 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 392 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 393 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
394 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
395 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 396 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 397 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 398 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 399 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 400 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 401 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 402 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
2babba43
MR
403 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
404 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
405 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 406 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 407 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
408@end ifset
409@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
410
411@emph{Target MMIX options:}
412 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
413 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
414 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 415 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
416@end ifset
417@ifset PDP11
418
419@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
420 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
421 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 422 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
423@end ifset
424@ifset PJ
425
426@emph{Target picoJava options:}
427 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
428@end ifset
429@ifset PPC
430
431@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
432 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
433 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
434 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
435 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|
436 @b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
437 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpw7}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
438 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}]
a4fb0134 439 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
440 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
441 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 442 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 443 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 444@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
445@ifset RX
446
447@emph{Target RX options:}
448 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
449 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
450 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
451@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
452@ifset S390
453
454@emph{Target s390 options:}
455 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
456 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
457 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
458@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
459@ifset SCORE
460
461@emph{Target SCORE options:}
462 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
463 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
464 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
465 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
466@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
467@ifset SPARC
468
469@emph{Target SPARC options:}
470@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
471 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
472 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
473 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
474 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
475@end ifset
476@ifset TIC54X
477
478@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 479 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
480 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
481@end ifset
3c9b82ba 482
40b36596
JM
483@ifset TIC6X
484
485@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
486 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
487 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
488 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 489@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
490@ifset TILEGX
491
492@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
493 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}]
494@end ifset
495@ifset TILEPRO
496@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
497@end ifset
40b36596 498
2d8b84ae
SA
499@ifset XTENSA
500
501@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
502 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
503 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
504 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
505 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
506@end ifset
507
3c9b82ba
NC
508@ifset Z80
509
510@emph{Target Z80 options:}
511 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
512 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
513 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
514 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
515 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
516 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
517 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
518@end ifset
519
a4fb0134
SC
520@ifset Z8000
521@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 522@end ifset
e0001a05 523
0285c67d 524@c man end
252b5132
RH
525@end smallexample
526
0285c67d
NC
527@c man begin OPTIONS
528
a4fb0134 529@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 530@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 531
83f10cb2 532@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
533Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
534
a4fb0134 535@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
536@item -ac
537omit false conditionals
538
539@item -ad
540omit debugging directives
541
83f10cb2
NC
542@item -ag
543include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
544
252b5132
RH
545@item -ah
546include high-level source
547
548@item -al
549include assembly
550
551@item -am
552include macro expansions
553
554@item -an
555omit forms processing
556
557@item -as
558include symbols
559
560@item =file
561set the name of the listing file
562@end table
563
564You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
565listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
566the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
567
caa32fe5 568@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
569Begin in alternate macro mode.
570@ifclear man
571@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
572@end ifclear
caa32fe5 573
955974c6
CC
574@item --compress-debug-sections
575Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
576to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
577compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
578
579@item --nocompress-debug-sections
580Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
581
252b5132
RH
582@item -D
583Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
584other assemblers.
585
3d6b762c
JM
586@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
587When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
588information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
589
252b5132
RH
590@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
591Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
592@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
593indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
594value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
595use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
596
597@item -f
598``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
599compiler output).
600
329e276d
NC
601@item -g
602@itemx --gen-debug
603Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
604debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
605ECOFF or DWARF2.
606
252b5132
RH
607@item --gstabs
608Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
609may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
610
05da4302
NC
611@item --gstabs+
612Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
613extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
614debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
615may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
616the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
617
329e276d 618@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 619Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 620may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 621option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 622
21be61f5
L
623@item --size-check=error
624@itemx --size-check=warning
625Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
626
252b5132
RH
627@item --help
628Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
629
ea20a7da
CC
630@item --target-help
631Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
632
252b5132
RH
633@item -I @var{dir}
634Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
635
636@item -J
637Don't warn about signed overflow.
638
639@item -K
640@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
641This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
642@end ifclear
643@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
644Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
645@end ifset
646
647@item -L
648@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
649Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
650system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
651or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
652@ifclear man
653@xref{Symbol Names}.
654@end ifclear
252b5132 655
c3a27914
NC
656@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
657Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
658listing to @var{number}.
659
660@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
661Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
662lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
663
664@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
665Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
666@var{number} bytes.
667
668@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
669Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
670to @var{number} + 1.
671
252b5132 672@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 673Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
674
675@item -R
676Fold the data section into the text section.
677
4bdd3565
NC
678@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
679Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
680@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
681assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
682memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
683requirements at the expense of speed.
684
685@item --reduce-memory-overheads
686This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
687assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
688@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
689
252b5132
RH
690@item --statistics
691Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
692assembly.
693
694@item --strip-local-absolute
695Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
696
697@item -v
698@itemx -version
a4fb0134 699Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
700
701@item --version
a4fb0134 702Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
703
704@item -W
2bdd6cf5 705@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
706Suppress warning messages.
707
2bdd6cf5
GK
708@item --fatal-warnings
709Treat warnings as errors.
710
711@item --warn
712Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
713
252b5132
RH
714@item -w
715Ignored.
716
717@item -x
718Ignored.
719
720@item -Z
721Generate an object file even after errors.
722
723@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
724Standard input, or source files to assemble.
725
726@end table
2a633939
JM
727@c man end
728
729@ifset ALPHA
730
731@ifclear man
732@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
733for an Alpha processor.
734@end ifclear
735
736@ifset man
737@c man begin OPTIONS
738The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
739processor.
740@c man end
741@c man begin INCLUDE
742@include c-alpha.texi
743@c ended inside the included file
744@end ifset
745
746@end ifset
252b5132 747
2a633939 748@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
749@ifset ARC
750The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
751an ARC processor.
752
a4fb0134 753@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
754@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
755This option selects the core processor variant.
756@item -EB | -EL
757Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
758@end table
759@end ifset
760
761@ifset ARM
762The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
763processor family.
764
a4fb0134 765@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 766@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 767Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 768@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 769Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 770@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 771Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
772@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
773Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
774@item -mthumb
775Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 776@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
777Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
778@item -EB | -EL
779Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
780@item -mthumb-interwork
781Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
782ARM code in mind.
783@item -k
784Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
785@end table
786@end ifset
635fb38d 787@c man end
252b5132 788
9982501a 789@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
790
791@ifclear man
792@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
793configured for the Blackfin processor family.
794@end ifclear
795
796@ifset man
797@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
798The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
799the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
800@c man end
801@c man begin INCLUDE
802@include c-bfin.texi
803@c ended inside the included file
804@end ifset
9982501a 805
9982501a
JZ
806@end ifset
807
635fb38d 808@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
809@ifset CRIS
810See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
811@end ifset
812
252b5132
RH
813@ifset D10V
814The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
815a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 816@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
817@cindex D10V optimization
818@cindex optimization, D10V
819@item -O
820Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
821@end table
822@end ifset
823
824@ifset D30V
825The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
826processor.
a4fb0134 827@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
828@cindex D30V optimization
829@cindex optimization, D30V
830@item -O
831Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
832
833@cindex D30V nops
834@item -n
835Warn when nops are generated.
836
837@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
838@item -N
839Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
840@end table
841@end ifset
731caf76
L
842@c man end
843
844@ifset I80386
252b5132 845
731caf76
L
846@ifclear man
847@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
848configured for an i386 processor.
849@end ifclear
850
851@ifset man
852@c man begin OPTIONS
853The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
854an i386 processor.
855@c man end
856@c man begin INCLUDE
857@include c-i386.texi
858@c ended inside the included file
859@end ifset
860
861@end ifset
862
863@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
864@ifset I960
865The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
866Intel 80960 processor.
867
a4fb0134 868@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
869@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
870Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
871
872@item -b
873Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
874
875@item -no-relax
876Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
877error if necessary.
878
879@end table
880@end ifset
881
a40cbfa3
NC
882@ifset IP2K
883The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 884Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
885
886@table @gcctabopt
887
888@item -mip2022ext
889Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
890
891@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 892Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
893just the basic IP2022 ones.
894
895@end table
896@end ifset
897
49f58d10
JB
898@ifset M32C
899The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
900Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
901
902@table @gcctabopt
903
904@item -m32c
905Assemble M32C instructions.
906
907@item -m16c
908Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
909
c54b5932
DD
910@item -relax
911Enable support for link-time relaxations.
912
913@item -h-tick-hex
914Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
915
49f58d10
JB
916@end table
917@end ifset
918
ec694b89
NC
919@ifset M32R
920The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 921Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 922
a4fb0134 923@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
924
925@item --m32rx
926Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
927is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
928
929@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
930Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 931encountered.
ec694b89
NC
932
933@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
934Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
935encountered.
ec694b89
NC
936
937@end table
938@end ifset
252b5132
RH
939
940@ifset M680X0
941The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
942Motorola 68000 series.
943
a4fb0134 944@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
945
946@item -l
947Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
948
0285c67d
NC
949@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
950@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
951@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
952Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
953is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
954
955@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
956The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
957The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
958the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
959two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
960coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
961
962@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
963The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
964unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
965
966@end table
967@end ifset
968
e135f41b
NC
969@ifset PDP11
970
971For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
972see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
973
a4fb0134 974@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
975@item -mpic | -mno-pic
976Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 977default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
978
979@item -mall
980@itemx -mall-extensions
981Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
982
983@item -mno-extensions
984Disable all instruction set extensions.
985
986@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
987Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
988
989@item -m@var{cpu}
990Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
991disable all other extensions.
992
993@item -m@var{machine}
994Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
995model, and disable all other extensions.
996@end table
997
998@end ifset
999
041dd5a9
ILT
1000@ifset PJ
1001The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1002a picoJava processor.
1003
a4fb0134 1004@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1005
1006@cindex PJ endianness
1007@cindex endianness, PJ
1008@cindex big endian output, PJ
1009@item -mb
1010Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1011
1012@cindex little endian output, PJ
1013@item -ml
1014Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1015
1016@end table
1017@end ifset
1018
60bcf0fa
NC
1019@ifset M68HC11
1020The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1021Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1022
a4fb0134 1023@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1024
d01030e6 1025@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
1026Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1027defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1028
2f904664
SC
1029@item -mshort
1030Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1031
1032@item -mlong
01642c12 1033Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1034
1035@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1036Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1037
1038@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1039Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1040
1370e33d 1041@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1042Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1043conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1044sub routine.
1045
1370e33d
NC
1046@item -S | --short-branches
1047Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1048when the offset is out of range.
1049
1050@item --strict-direct-mode
1051Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1052when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1053
1054@item --print-insn-syntax
1055Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1056
1057@item --print-opcodes
1058print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
1059
1060@item --generate-example
1061print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1062This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1063
1064@end table
1065@end ifset
1066
252b5132 1067@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1068The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1069for the SPARC architecture:
1070
a4fb0134 1071@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1072@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1073@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1074Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1075
1076@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1077@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1078
1079@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1080UltraSPARC extensions.
1081
1082@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1083For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1084equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1085
1086@item -bump
1087Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1088@end table
1089@end ifset
1090
39bec121
TW
1091@ifset TIC54X
1092The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1093architecture.
39bec121 1094
a4fb0134 1095@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1096@item -mfar-mode
1097Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1098extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1099@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1100Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1101@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1102Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1103behaviour in the shell.
1104@end table
1105@end ifset
1106
252b5132
RH
1107@ifset MIPS
1108The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1109a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1110
a4fb0134 1111@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1112@item -G @var{num}
1113This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1114implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1115use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1116
1117@cindex MIPS endianness
1118@cindex endianness, MIPS
1119@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1120@item -EB
1121Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1122
1123@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1124@item -EL
1125Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1126
1127@cindex MIPS ISA
1128@item -mips1
1129@itemx -mips2
1130@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1131@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1132@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1133@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1134@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1135@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1136@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1137Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1138@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1139alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1140@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1141@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1142@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1143correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1144@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1145and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1146ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1147
1148@item -march=@var{CPU}
1149Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1150
1151@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1152Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1153
1154@item -mfix7000
1155@itemx -mno-fix7000
1156Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1157of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1158
ecb4347a
DJ
1159@item -mdebug
1160@itemx -no-mdebug
1161Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1162section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1163
dcd410fe
RO
1164@item -mpdr
1165@itemx -mno-pdr
1166Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1167
437ee9d5
TS
1168@item -mgp32
1169@itemx -mfp32
1170The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1171flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1172all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1173and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1174
1175@item -mips16
1176@itemx -no-mips16
1177Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1178@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1179turns off this option.
252b5132 1180
e16bfa71
TS
1181@item -msmartmips
1182@itemx -mno-smartmips
1183Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1184equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1185@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1186
1f25f5d3
CD
1187@item -mips3d
1188@itemx -no-mips3d
1189Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1190This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1191@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1192
deec1734
CD
1193@item -mdmx
1194@itemx -no-mdmx
1195Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1196This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1197@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1198
2ef2b9ae
CF
1199@item -mdsp
1200@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1201Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1202This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1203@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1204
8b082fb1
TS
1205@item -mdspr2
1206@itemx -mno-dspr2
1207Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1208This option implies -mdsp.
1209This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1210@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1211
ef2e4d86
CF
1212@item -mmt
1213@itemx -mno-mt
1214Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1215This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1216@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1217
437ee9d5
TS
1218@item --construct-floats
1219@itemx --no-construct-floats
1220The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1221double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1222value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1223the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1224selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1225
1226@cindex emulation
1227@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1228This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1229for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1230between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1231debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1232endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1233@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1234@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1235of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1236the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1237in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1238selection in any case.
1239
1240This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1241@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1242Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1243@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1244the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1245configuration includes support for both.
1246
1247Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1248fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1249more processors.
1250
1251@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1252@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1253the native tools.
1254
252b5132
RH
1255@item --trap
1256@itemx --no-trap
1257@itemx --break
1258@itemx --no-break
1259Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1260@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1261(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1262@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1263break exception.
63486801
L
1264
1265@item -n
a4fb0134 1266When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1267time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1268@end table
1269@end ifset
1270
1271@ifset MCORE
1272The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1273an MCore processor.
1274
a4fb0134 1275@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1276@item -jsri2bsr
1277@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1278Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1279The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1280
1281@item -sifilter
1282@itemx -nosifilter
1283Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1284The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1285
1286@item -relax
1287Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1288
ec694b89
NC
1289@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1290Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1291can be assembled.
1292
1293@item -EB
1294Assemble for a big endian target.
1295
1296@item -EL
1297Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1298
1299@end table
1300@end ifset
1301
3c3bdf30
NC
1302@ifset MMIX
1303See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1304@end ifset
1305
635fb38d 1306@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1307@ifset PPC
1308
1309@ifclear man
1310@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1311for a PowerPC processor.
1312@end ifclear
1313
1314@ifset man
1315@c man begin OPTIONS
1316The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1317PowerPC processor.
1318@c man end
1319@c man begin INCLUDE
1320@include c-ppc.texi
1321@c ended inside the included file
1322@end ifset
1323
1324@end ifset
1325
635fb38d 1326@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1327@ifset RX
1328See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1329@end ifset
1330
11c19e16
MS
1331@ifset S390
1332The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1333processor family.
1334
1335@table @gcctabopt
1336@item -m31
1337@itemx -m64
1338Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1339@item -mesa
1340@item -mzarch
1341Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1342Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1343@item -march=@var{processor}
1344Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1345@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1346@item -mregnames
1347@itemx -mno-regnames
1348Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1349@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1350Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1351but evaluates to zero.
1352@end table
1353@end ifset
2a633939 1354@c man end
11c19e16 1355
40b36596 1356@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1357
1358@ifclear man
1359@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1360for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1361@end ifclear
1362
1363@ifset man
1364@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1365The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1366TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1367@c man end
1368@c man begin INCLUDE
1369@include c-tic6x.texi
1370@c ended inside the included file
1371@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1372
1373@end ifset
1374
aa137e4d
NC
1375@ifset TILEGX
1376
1377@ifclear man
1378@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1379for a TILE-Gx processor.
1380@end ifclear
1381
1382@ifset man
1383@c man begin OPTIONS
1384The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1385processor.
1386@c man end
1387@c man begin INCLUDE
1388@include c-tilegx.texi
1389@c ended inside the included file
1390@end ifset
1391
1392@end ifset
1393
e0001a05 1394@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1395
2d8b84ae
SA
1396@ifclear man
1397@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1398for an Xtensa processor.
1399@end ifclear
1400
1401@ifset man
1402@c man begin OPTIONS
1403The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1404Xtensa processor.
1405@c man end
1406@c man begin INCLUDE
1407@include c-xtensa.texi
1408@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1409@end ifset
1410
2d8b84ae
SA
1411@end ifset
1412
1413@c man begin OPTIONS
1414
3c9b82ba
NC
1415@ifset Z80
1416The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1417a Z80 family processor.
1418@table @gcctabopt
1419@item -z80
1420Assemble for Z80 processor.
1421@item -r800
1422Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1423@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1424@itemx -Wnud
1425Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1426@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1427@itemx -Wnup
1428Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1429@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1430@itemx -Wud
1431Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1432@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1433@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1434Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1435@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1436@itemx -Fud
1437Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1438@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1439@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1440Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1441@end table
1442@end ifset
1443
0285c67d
NC
1444@c man end
1445
252b5132
RH
1446@menu
1447* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1448* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1449* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1450* Command Line:: Command Line
1451* Input Files:: Input Files
1452* Object:: Output (Object) File
1453* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1454@end menu
1455
1456@node Manual
1457@section Structure of this Manual
1458
1459@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1460This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1461@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1462notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1463@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1464
1465@ifclear GENERIC
1466We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1467configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1468@end ifclear
1469@ifset GENERIC
1470This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1471various flavors of the assembler.
1472@end ifset
1473
1474@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1475On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1476to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1477In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1478architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1479mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1480particular architecture.
1481@ifset GENERIC
1482You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1483machine architecture manual for this information.
1484@end ifset
1485@ifclear GENERIC
1486@ifset H8/300
1487For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1488Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1489Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1490@end ifset
252b5132 1491@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1492For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1493see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1494@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1495@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1496@end ifset
1497@ifset Z8000
1498For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1499@end ifset
1500@end ifclear
1501
1502@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1503@ignore
1504Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1505the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1506Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1507computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1508once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1509qualification.
1510
a4fb0134 1511@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1512human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1513computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1514@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1515@end ignore
1516
1517@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1518@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1519@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1520@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1521@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1522@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1523@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1524@c directives).
1525
1526@node GNU Assembler
1527@section The GNU Assembler
1528
0285c67d
NC
1529@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1530
a4fb0134 1531@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1532@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1533This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1534configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1535@end ifclear
1536If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1537should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1538architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1539including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1540@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1541
1542@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1543@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1544@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1545@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1546assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1547machine would assemble.
1548@ifset VAX
1549Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1550@end ifset
1551@ifset M680X0
1552@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1553@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1554This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1555assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1556incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1557@end ifset
1558
0285c67d
NC
1559@c man end
1560
a4fb0134 1561Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1562program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1563@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1564
1565@node Object Formats
1566@section Object File Formats
1567
1568@cindex object file format
1569The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1570object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1571write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1572are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1573Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1574@ifclear GENERIC
1575@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1576For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1577@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1578@end ifclear
1579@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1580@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1581On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1582@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1583@end ifset
1584@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1585On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1586SOM or ELF format object files.
1587@end ifset
1588@end ifclear
1589
1590@node Command Line
1591@section Command Line
1592
1593@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1594
a4fb0134 1595After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1596options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1597before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1598significant.
1599
1600@cindex standard input, as input file
1601@kindex --
1602@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1603explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1604
1605@cindex options, command line
1606Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1607hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1608@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1609option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1610the letter is important. All options are optional.
1611
1612Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1613name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1614with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1615standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1616
1617@smallexample
1618@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1619@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1620@end smallexample
1621
1622@node Input Files
1623@section Input Files
1624
1625@cindex input
1626@cindex source program
1627@cindex files, input
1628We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1629describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1630be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1631doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1632
1633@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1634@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1635The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1636order specified.
1637
0285c67d 1638@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1639Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1640program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1641(The standard input is also a file.)
1642
a4fb0134 1643You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1644names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1645command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1646is taken to be an input file name.
1647
a4fb0134
SC
1648If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1649from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1650may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1651to assemble.
1652
1653Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1654in your command line.
1655
a4fb0134 1656If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1657file.
1658
0285c67d
NC
1659@c man end
1660
252b5132
RH
1661@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1662
1663@cindex input file linenumbers
1664@cindex line numbers, in input files
1665There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1666either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1667number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1668``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1669
1670@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1671to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1672
1673@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1674directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1675error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1676is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1677@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1678@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1679
1680@node Object
1681@section Output (Object) File
1682
1683@cindex object file
1684@cindex output file
1685@kindex a.out
1686@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1687Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1688your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1689is the object file. Its default name is
1690@ifclear BOUT
1691@code{a.out}.
1692@end ifclear
1693@ifset BOUT
1694@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1695@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1696@end ifset
a4fb0134 1697@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1698@end ifset
a4fb0134 1699You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1700object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1701reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1702directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1703possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1704
1705@cindex linker
1706@kindex ld
1707The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1708assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1709the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1710information for the debugger.
1711
1712@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1713@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1714
1715@node Errors
1716@section Error and Warning Messages
1717
0285c67d
NC
1718@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1719
a349d9dd 1720@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1721@cindex warning messages
1722@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1723@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1724file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1725runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1726that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1727grave problem that stops the assembly.
1728
0285c67d
NC
1729@c man end
1730
252b5132
RH
1731@cindex format of warning messages
1732Warning messages have the format
1733
1734@smallexample
1735file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1736@end smallexample
1737
1738@noindent
1739@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1740(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1741(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1742the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1743@ifset GENERIC
1744(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1745@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1746then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1747otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1748message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1749tradition).
1750
1751@cindex format of error messages
1752Error messages have the format
1753@smallexample
1754file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1755@end smallexample
1756The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1757messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1758because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1759
1760@node Invoking
1761@chapter Command-Line Options
1762
1763@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1764This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1765versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1766for options specific
252b5132 1767@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1768to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1769@end ifclear
1770@ifset GENERIC
1771to particular machine architectures.
1772@end ifset
1773
0285c67d
NC
1774@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1775
c1253627 1776If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1777you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1778The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1779by commas. For example:
1780
1781@smallexample
1782gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1783@end smallexample
1784
1785@noindent
1786This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1787standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1788local symbols in the symbol table).
1789
1790Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1791command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1792(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1793precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1794assembler.)
1795
0285c67d
NC
1796@c man end
1797
252b5132 1798@menu
83f10cb2 1799* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1800* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1801* D:: -D for compatibility
1802* f:: -f to work faster
1803* I:: -I for .include search path
1804@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1805* K:: -K for compatibility
1806@end ifclear
1807@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1808* K:: -K for difference tables
1809@end ifset
1810
ba83aca1 1811* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1812* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1813* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1814* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1815* o:: -o to name the object file
1816* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1817* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1818* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1819* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1820* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1821* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1822@end menu
1823
1824@node a
83f10cb2 1825@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1826
1827@kindex -a
1828@kindex -ac
1829@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1830@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1831@kindex -ah
1832@kindex -al
1833@kindex -an
1834@kindex -as
1835@cindex listings, enabling
1836@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1837
1838These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1839@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1840You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1841@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1842@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1843@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1844High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1845@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1846also.
1847
83f10cb2
NC
1848Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1849information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1850
252b5132
RH
1851Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1852which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1853other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1854omitted from the listing.
1855
1856Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1857listing.
1858
1859Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1860listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1861@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1862@code{.sbttl}.
1863The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1864If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1865listing-control directives have no effect.
1866
1867The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1868@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1869
96e9638b
BW
1870Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1871because it
c3a27914
NC
1872is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1873is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1874directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1875stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1876memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1877
caa32fe5
NC
1878@node alternate
1879@section @option{--alternate}
1880
1881@kindex --alternate
1882Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1883
252b5132 1884@node D
a4fb0134 1885@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1886
1887@kindex -D
1888This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1889likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1890@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1891
1892@node f
a4fb0134 1893@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1894
1895@kindex -f
1896@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1897@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1898@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1899(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1900and comment preprocessing on
1901the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1902,Preprocessing}.
1903
1904@quotation
1905@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1906preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1907not work correctly.
1908@end quotation
1909
1910@node I
c1253627 1911@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1912
1913@kindex -I @var{path}
1914@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1915@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1916@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1917Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1918@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1919directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1920many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1921working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1922searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1923specified (left to right) on the command line.
1924
1925@node K
a4fb0134 1926@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1927
1928@kindex -K
1929@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1930On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1931permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1932where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1933generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1934family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1935alteration on other platforms.
1936@end ifclear
1937
1938@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1939@cindex difference tables, warning
1940@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1941@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1942form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1943You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1944is done.
1945@end ifset
1946
1947@node L
ba83aca1 1948@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1949
1950@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1951@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1952Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1953@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1954called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1955such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1956programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1957notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1958such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1959
1960This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1961in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1962@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1963
c3a27914 1964@node listing
a4fb0134 1965@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1966
1967The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1968@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1969hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1970them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1971directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1972@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1973@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1974@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1975
a4fb0134 1976@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1977@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1978@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1979@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1980Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1981dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1982
1983@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1984@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1985@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1986Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1987a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1988the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1989switch is used the default is to one.
1990
1991@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1992@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1993@cindex Width of source line output
1994Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1995alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1996source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1997
1998@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1999@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2000@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2001Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2002displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2003@end table
2004
252b5132 2005@node M
a4fb0134 2006@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2007
2008@kindex -M
2009@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2010The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2011changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2012compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2013configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2014MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2015information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2016arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2017assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2018
2019The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2020depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2021file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2022individually. These are:
2023
2024@itemize @bullet
2025@item global symbols in common section
2026
2027The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2028Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2029common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2030symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2031symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2032
2033@item complex relocations
2034
2035The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2036relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2037are not support by other object file formats.
2038
2039@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2040
2041The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2042This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2043instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2044script.
2045
2046@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2047
2048The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2049name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2050
2051@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2052
2053The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2054address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2055which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2056not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2057assigned within a linker script.
2058@end itemize
2059
2060There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2061@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2062seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2063
2064@itemize @bullet
2065
2066@item EBCDIC strings
2067
2068EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2069
2070@item packed binary coded decimal
2071
2072Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2073and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2074
2075@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2076
2077The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2078
2079@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2080
2081The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2082
2083@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2084
2085The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2086@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2087relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2088these options serve no purpose.
2089
2090@item @code{OPT} list control options
2091
2092The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2093@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2094@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2095
2096@item other @code{OPT} options
2097
2098The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2099@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2100
2101@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2102
2103The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2104@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2105
2106@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2107
2108The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2109
2110@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2111
2112The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2113
2114@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2115
2116The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2117
2118@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2119
2120The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2121
2122@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2123
2124The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2125
2126@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2127
2128The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2129
2130@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2131
2132The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2133
2134@end itemize
2135
2136@node MD
c1253627 2137@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2138
2139@kindex --MD
2140@cindex dependency tracking
2141@cindex make rules
2142
a4fb0134 2143@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2144file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2145dependencies of the main source file.
2146
2147The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2148
2149This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2150
2151@node o
a4fb0134 2152@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2153
2154@kindex -o
2155@cindex naming object file
2156@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2157There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2158default it has the name
2159@ifset GENERIC
2160@ifset I960
2161@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2162@end ifset
2163@ifclear I960
2164@file{a.out}.
2165@end ifclear
2166@end ifset
2167@ifclear GENERIC
2168@ifset I960
2169@file{b.out}.
2170@end ifset
2171@ifclear I960
2172@file{a.out}.
2173@end ifclear
2174@end ifclear
2175You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2176object file a different name.
2177
a4fb0134 2178Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2179existing file of the same name.
2180
2181@node R
a4fb0134 2182@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2183
2184@kindex -R
2185@cindex data and text sections, joining
2186@cindex text and data sections, joining
2187@cindex joining text and data sections
2188@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2189@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2190data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2191the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2192section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2193your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2194appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2195
a4fb0134 2196When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2197address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2198data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2199older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2200
c1253627
NC
2201@ifset COFF-ELF
2202When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2203this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2204@samp{.data}.
2205@end ifset
2206
2207@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2208@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2209@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2210@end ifset
2211
2212@node statistics
a4fb0134 2213@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2214
2215@kindex --statistics
2216@cindex statistics, about assembly
2217@cindex time, total for assembly
2218@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2219Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2220@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2221(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2222seconds).
2223
2224@node traditional-format
c1253627 2225@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2226
2227@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2228For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2229from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2230@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2231
2232For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2233@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2234
2235@node v
a4fb0134 2236@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2237
2238@kindex -v
2239@kindex -version
2240@cindex assembler version
2241@cindex version of assembler
2242You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2243option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2244command line.
2245
2246@node W
a4fb0134 2247@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2248
a4fb0134 2249@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2250assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2251cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2252made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2253
c1253627
NC
2254@kindex -W
2255@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2256@cindex suppressing warnings
2257@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2258If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2259This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2260how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2261are still reported.
2262
c1253627 2263@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2264@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2265@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2266If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2267files that generate warnings to be in error.
2268
c1253627 2269@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2270@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2271You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2272causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2273
2274@node Z
a4fb0134 2275@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2276@cindex object file, after errors
2277@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2278After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2279some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2280@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2281option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2282writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2283errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2284
2285@node Syntax
2286@chapter Syntax
2287
2288@cindex machine-independent syntax
2289@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2290This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2291source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2292assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2293@ifclear VAX
2294assembler.
2295@end ifclear
2296@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2297assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2298@end ifset
2299
2300@menu
7c31ae13 2301* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2302* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2303* Comments:: Comments
2304* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2305* Statements:: Statements
2306* Constants:: Constants
2307@end menu
2308
2309@node Preprocessing
2310@section Preprocessing
2311
2312@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2313The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2314@itemize @bullet
2315@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2316@item
2317adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2318the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2319a single space.
2320
2321@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2322@item
2323removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2324appropriate number of newlines.
2325
2326@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2327@item
2328converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2329@end itemize
2330
2331It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2332anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2333do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2334(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2335to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2336@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2337Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2338
2339Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2340cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2341preprocessed.
2342
2343@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2344@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2345@kindex #NO_APP
2346@kindex #APP
2347If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2348@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2349Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2350specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2351text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2352@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2353@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2354and whitespace.
2355
2356@node Whitespace
2357@section Whitespace
2358
2359@cindex whitespace
2360@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2361Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2362people to read. Unless within character constants
2363(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2364as exactly one space.
2365
2366@node Comments
2367@section Comments
2368
2369@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2370There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2371cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2372
2373Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2374This means you may not nest these comments.
2375
2376@smallexample
2377/*
2378 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2379 is to use this sort of comment.
2380*/
2381
2382/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2383@end smallexample
2384
2385@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2386Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2387considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2388specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2389line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2390line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2391comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2392upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2393@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2394
2395If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2396special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2397to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2398
2399@kindex #
2400@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2401@cindex logical line numbers
2402To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2403special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2404expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2405line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2406new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2407
2408If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2409the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2410
2411@smallexample
2412 # This is an ordinary comment.
2413# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2414 # This is logical line # 36.
2415@end smallexample
2416This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2417of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2418
2419@node Symbol Intro
2420@section Symbols
2421
2422@cindex characters used in symbols
2423@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2424A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2425letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2426@samp{_.$}.
2427@end ifclear
2428@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2429@ifclear GENERIC
2430@ifset H8
2431A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2432letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2433@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2434symbol names.)
2435@end ifset
2436@end ifclear
2437@end ifset
2438@ifset GENERIC
2439On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2440are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2441@end ifset
2442No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2443There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2444delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2445(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2446not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2447@cindex length of symbols
2448
2449@node Statements
2450@section Statements
2451
2452@cindex statements, structure of
2453@cindex line separator character
2454@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2455
2456A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2457@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2458specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2459target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2460The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2461preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2462exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2463
2464@cindex newline, required at file end
2465@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2466It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2467character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2468
2469An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2470
2471@cindex instructions and directives
2472@cindex directives and instructions
2473@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2474@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2475@c 13feb91.
2476A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2477key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2478symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2479symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2480directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2481a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2482assembles into a machine language instruction.
2483@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2484Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2485recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2486represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2487language.@refill
2488@end ifset
2489
2490@cindex @code{:} (label)
2491@cindex label (@code{:})
2492A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2493Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2494have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2495
2496@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2497For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2498the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2499only one label may be defined on each line.
2500@end ifset
2501
2502@smallexample
2503label: .directive followed by something
2504another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2505 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2506@end smallexample
2507
2508@node Constants
2509@section Constants
2510
2511@cindex constants
2512A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2513inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2514@smallexample
2515@group
2516.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2517.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2518.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2519.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
252095028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2521@end group
2522@end smallexample
2523
2524@menu
2525* Characters:: Character Constants
2526* Numbers:: Number Constants
2527@end menu
2528
2529@node Characters
2530@subsection Character Constants
2531
2532@cindex character constants
2533@cindex constants, character
2534There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2535for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2536numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2537@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2538used in arithmetic expressions.
2539
2540@menu
2541* Strings:: Strings
2542* Chars:: Characters
2543@end menu
2544
2545@node Strings
2546@subsubsection Strings
2547
2548@cindex string constants
2549@cindex constants, string
2550A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2551double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2552into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2553a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2554one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2555@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2556(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2557escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2558
2559@cindex escape codes, character
2560@cindex character escape codes
2561@table @kbd
2562@c @item \a
2563@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2564@c
2565@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2566@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2567@item \b
2568Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2569
2570@c @item \e
2571@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2572@c
2573@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2574@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2575@item \f
2576Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2577
2578@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2579@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2580@item \n
2581Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2582
2583@c @item \p
2584@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2585@c
2586@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2587@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2588@item \r
2589Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2590
2591@c @item \s
2592@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2593@c other assemblers.
2594@c
2595@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2596@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2597@item \t
2598Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2599
2600@c @item \v
2601@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2602@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2603@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2604@c
2605@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2606@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2607@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2608An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2609For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2610for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2611
2612@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2613@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2614@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2615A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2616lower case @code{x} works.
2617
2618@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2619@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2620@item \\
2621Represents one @samp{\} character.
2622
2623@c @item \'
2624@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2625@c This is needed in single character literals
2626@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2627@c a @samp{'}.
2628@c
2629@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2630@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2631@item \"
2632Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2633this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2634
2635@item \ @var{anything-else}
2636Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2637assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2638you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2639interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2640other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2641code and warns you of the fact.
2642@end table
2643
2644Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2645varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2646the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2647compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2648sequence.
2649
2650@node Chars
2651@subsubsection Characters
2652
2653@cindex single character constant
2654@cindex character, single
2655@cindex constant, single character
2656A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2657followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2658to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2659must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2660@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2661grave accent. A newline
2662@ifclear GENERIC
2663@ifclear abnormal-separator
2664(or semicolon @samp{;})
2665@end ifclear
2666@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2667@ifset H8
2668(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2669Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2670@end ifset
2671@end ifset
2672@end ifclear
2673immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2674and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2675constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2676that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2677@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2678
2679@node Numbers
2680@subsection Number Constants
2681
2682@cindex constants, number
2683@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2684@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2685are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2686would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2687integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2688are floating point numbers, described below.
2689
2690@menu
2691* Integers:: Integers
2692* Bignums:: Bignums
2693* Flonums:: Flonums
2694@ifclear GENERIC
2695@ifset I960
2696* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2697@end ifset
2698@end ifclear
2699@end menu
2700
2701@node Integers
2702@subsubsection Integers
2703@cindex integers
2704@cindex constants, integer
2705
2706@cindex binary integers
2707@cindex integers, binary
2708A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2709the binary digits @samp{01}.
2710
2711@cindex octal integers
2712@cindex integers, octal
2713An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2714digits (@samp{01234567}).
2715
2716@cindex decimal integers
2717@cindex integers, decimal
2718A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2719more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2720
2721@cindex hexadecimal integers
2722@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2723A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2724more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2725
2726Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2727the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2728(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2729
2730@node Bignums
2731@subsubsection Bignums
2732
2733@cindex bignums
2734@cindex constants, bignum
2735A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2736except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2737represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2738integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2739
2740@node Flonums
2741@subsubsection Flonums
2742@cindex flonums
2743@cindex floating point numbers
2744@cindex constants, floating point
2745
2746@cindex precision, floating point
2747A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2748indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2749@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2750sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2751to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2752portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2753
2754A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2755@itemize @bullet
2756@item
2757The digit @samp{0}.
2758@ifset HPPA
2759(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2760@end ifset
2761
2762@item
a4fb0134 2763A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2764@ifset GENERIC
2765@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2766@ignore
2767@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2768(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
27694.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2770@end ignore
2771
7be1c489 2772On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2773and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2774one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2775
2776On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2777(in upper or lower case).
2778
2779On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2780one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2781
2782On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2783@end ifset
2784@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2785@ifset ARC
2786One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2787@end ifset
2788@ifset H8
2789One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2790@end ifset
2791@ifset HPPA
2792The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2793@end ifset
2794@ifset I960
2795One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2796@end ifset
2797@end ifclear
2798
2799@item
2800An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2801
2802@item
2803An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2804
2805@item
2806An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2807or more decimal digits.
2808
2809@item
2810An optional exponent, consisting of:
2811
2812@itemize @bullet
2813@item
2814An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2815@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2816@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2817@item
2818Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2819@item
2820One or more decimal digits.
2821@end itemize
2822
2823@end itemize
2824
2825At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2826present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2827
a4fb0134 2828@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2829independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2830@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2831
2832@ifclear GENERIC
2833@ifset I960
2834@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2835@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2836@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2837@node Bit Fields
2838@subsubsection Bit Fields
2839
2840@cindex bit fields
2841@cindex constants, bit field
2842You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2843Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2844@example
2845@var{mask}:@var{value}
2846@end example
2847@noindent
a4fb0134 2848@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2849@var{value}.
2850
2851The resulting number is then packed
2852@ifset GENERIC
2853@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2854(in host-dependent byte order)
2855@end ifset
2856into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2857bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2858requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2859more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2860least significant digits.@refill
2861
2862The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2863@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2864@end ifset
2865@end ifclear
2866
2867@node Sections
2868@chapter Sections and Relocation
2869@cindex sections
2870@cindex relocation
2871
2872@menu
2873* Secs Background:: Background
2874* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2875* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2876* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2877* bss:: bss Section
2878@end menu
2879
2880@node Secs Background
2881@section Background
2882
2883Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2884``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2885For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2886
2887@cindex linker, and assembler
2888@cindex assembler, and linker
2889The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2890combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2891emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2892@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2893different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2894oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2895sections.
2896
2897@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2898addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2899units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2900within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2901run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2902the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2903the proper run-time addresses.
2904@ifset H8
7be1c489 2905For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2906@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2907ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2908@end ifset
2909
2910@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2911An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2912of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2913@dfn{bss} sections.
2914
c1253627 2915@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2916@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2917When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2918@end ifset
a4fb0134 2919@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2920using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2921If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2922or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2923@end ifset
2924
2925@ifset HPPA
2926@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2927When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2928@end ifset
a4fb0134 2929@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2930specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2931@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2932(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2933assembler directives.
2934
2935@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2936Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2937text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2938is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2939BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2940@end ifset
2941@end ifset
2942
2943Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2944data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2945
2946@ifset HPPA
2947When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2948section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2949@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2950@end ifset
2951
2952To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2953relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2954object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2955@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2956file is mentioned:
2957@itemize @bullet
2958@item
2959Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2960an address?
2961@item
2962How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2963@item
2964Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2965@display
2966(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2967@end display
2968@item
2969Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2970@end itemize
2971
2972@cindex addresses, format of
2973@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2974In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2975@display
2976(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2977@end display
2978@noindent
a4fb0134 2979Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2980nature.
2981@ifset SOM
2982(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2983symbol-relative instead.)
2984@end ifset
2985
2986In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
2987@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
2988
2989Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
2990@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
2991addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
2992@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
2993@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
2994data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
2995their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
2996part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
2997address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
2998
2999The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3000address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3001rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3002Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3003address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3004common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3005time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3006
3007By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3008the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3009sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3010customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3011the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3012data and bss sections.
3013
3014Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3015use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3016
3017@node Ld Sections
3018@section Linker Sections
3019@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3020
3021@table @strong
3022
c1253627 3023@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3024@cindex named sections
3025@cindex sections, named
3026@item named sections
3027@end ifset
3028@ifset aout-bout
3029@cindex text section
3030@cindex data section
3031@itemx text section
3032@itemx data section
3033@end ifset
a4fb0134 3034These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3035separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3036true of another.
3037@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3038When the program is running, however, it is
3039customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3040text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3041instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3042program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3043in the data section.
c1253627 3044@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3045
3046@cindex bss section
3047@item bss section
3048This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3049is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3050each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3051out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3052bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3053those explicit zeros from object files.
3054
3055@cindex absolute section
3056@item absolute section
3057Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3058This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3059not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3060addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3061
3062@cindex undefined section
3063@item undefined section
3064This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3065the preceding sections.
3066@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3067@end table
3068
3069@cindex relocation example
3070An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3071@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3072The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3073@end ifset
3074Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3075
3076@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3077@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3078@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3079@smallexample
3080 +-----+----+--+
3081partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3082 +-----+----+--+
3083
3084 text data bss
3085 seg. seg. seg.
3086
3087 +---+---+---+
3088partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3089 +---+---+---+
3090
3091 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3092linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3093 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3094
3095 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3096@end smallexample
3097@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3098@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3099@need 5000
3100@tex
c1253627 3101\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3102\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3103\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3104\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3105
3106\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3107\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3108\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3109
3110\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3111\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3112\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3113ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3114DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3115
3116\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3117\line{0\dots\hfil}
3118
3119@end tex
3120@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3121
3122@node As Sections
3123@section Assembler Internal Sections
3124
3125@cindex internal assembler sections
3126@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3127These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3128have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3129sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3130warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3131meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3132value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3133section-relative address.
3134
3135@table @b
3136@cindex assembler internal logic error
3137@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3138An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3139bug in the assembler.
3140
3141@cindex expr (internal section)
3142@item expr section
3143The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3144symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3145it in the expr section.
3146@c FIXME item debug
3147@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3148@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3149@c FIXME item register
3150@end table
3151
3152@node Sub-Sections
3153@section Sub-Sections
3154
3155@cindex numbered subsections
3156@cindex grouping data
3157@ifset aout-bout
3158Assembled bytes
c1253627 3159@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3160conventionally
3161@end ifset
3162fall into two sections: text and data.
3163@end ifset
3164You may have separate groups of
3165@ifset GENERIC
3166data in named sections
3167@end ifset
3168@ifclear GENERIC
3169@ifclear aout-bout
3170data in named sections
3171@end ifclear
3172@ifset aout-bout
3173text or data
3174@end ifset
3175@end ifclear
3176that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3177are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3178use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3179numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3180same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3181subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3182section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3183assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3184section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3185constants being output.
3186
3187Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3188goes in subsection number zero.
3189
3190@ifset GENERIC
3191Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3192(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3193of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3194@end ifset
3195@ifclear GENERIC
3196@ifset H8
7be1c489 3197On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3198boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3199The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3200@end ifset
3201@ifset I960
3202@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3203@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3204@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3205@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3206@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3207@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3208@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3209@end ifclear
3210
3211Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3212to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3213The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3214other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3215They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3216data subsections as a data section.
3217
3218To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3219into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3220@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3221@ifset COFF
252b5132 3222@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3223When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3224@end ifset
3225@ifclear GENERIC
3226You
3227@end ifclear
3228can also use an extra subsection
3229argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3230@var{expression}}.
3231@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3232@ifset ELF
3233@ifset GENERIC
3234When generating ELF output, you
3235@end ifset
3236@ifclear GENERIC
3237You
3238@end ifclear
3239can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3240to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3241@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3242@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3243(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3244is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3245begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3246@smallexample
3247.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3248.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3249.text 1
3250.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3251.data 0
3252.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3253.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3254.text 0
3255.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3256.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3257@end smallexample
3258
3259Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3260assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3261restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3262counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3263@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3264current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3265assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3266
3267@node bss
3268@section bss Section
3269
3270@cindex bss section
3271@cindex common variable storage
3272The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3273You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3274not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3275your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3276section are zeroed bytes.
3277
3278The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3279@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3280
3281The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3282another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3283
3284@ifset GENERIC
3285When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3286COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3287see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3288section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3289@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3290@end ifset
3291
3292@node Symbols
3293@chapter Symbols
3294
3295@cindex symbols
3296Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3297things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3298to debug.
3299
3300@quotation
3301@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3302@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3303the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3304@end quotation
3305
3306@menu
3307* Labels:: Labels
3308* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3309* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3310* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3311* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3312@end menu
3313
3314@node Labels
3315@section Labels
3316
3317@cindex labels
3318A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3319@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3320active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3321operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3322different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3323definitions.
3324
3325@ifset HPPA
3326On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3327colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3328a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3329provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3330@end ifset
3331
3332@node Setting Symbols
3333@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3334
3335@cindex assigning values to symbols
3336@cindex symbol values, assigning
3337A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3338by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3339(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3340directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3341equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3342@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3343
f8739b83
JZ
3344@ifset Blackfin
3345Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3346@end ifset
3347
252b5132
RH
3348@node Symbol Names
3349@section Symbol Names
3350
3351@cindex symbol names
3352@cindex names, symbol
3353@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3354Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3355machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3356noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3357string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3358particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3359@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3360@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3361@ifset H8
3362Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3363Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3364character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3365on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3366@end ifset
3367@end ifset
3368
3369Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3370than @code{Foo}.
3371
3372Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3373refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3374in a program.
3375
3376@subheading Local Symbol Names
3377
3378@cindex local symbol names
3379@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3380A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3381By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3382@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3383set of local label prefixes.
3384@ifset HPPA
3385On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3386@end ifset
3387
3388Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3389normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3390You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3391@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3392
3393@subheading Local Labels
3394
3395@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3396@cindex temporary symbol names
3397@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3398Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3399They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3400the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3401To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3402represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3403definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3404you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3405@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3406for ``forwards''.
3407
3408There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3409too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3410the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3411defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3412definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3413noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3414implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3415
3416Here is an example:
3417
3418@smallexample
34191: branch 1f
34202: branch 1b
34211: branch 2f
34222: branch 1b
3423@end smallexample
3424
3425Which is the equivalent of:
3426
3427@smallexample
3428label_1: branch label_3
3429label_2: branch label_1
3430label_3: branch label_4
3431label_4: branch label_3
3432@end smallexample
3433
ba83aca1 3434Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3435transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3436The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3437are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3438these parts:
252b5132
RH
3439
3440@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3441@item @emph{local label prefix}
3442All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3443Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3444that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3445used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3446@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3447object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3448you may use them in debugging.
3449
2d5aaba0
NC
3450@item @var{number}
3451This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3452label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3453
2d5aaba0
NC
3454@item @kbd{C-B}
3455This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3456of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3457
3458@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3459This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3460@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3461number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3462the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3463@end table
3464
ba83aca1
BW
3465So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3466the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3467
3468@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3469@cindex dollar local symbols
3470
3471@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3472dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3473soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3474region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3475scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3476the same local label.
3477
3478Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3479except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3480@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3481
3482They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3483names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3484to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3485@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3486
3487@node Dot
3488@section The Special Dot Symbol
3489
3490@cindex dot (symbol)
3491@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3492@cindex current address
3493@cindex location counter
3494The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3495@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3496.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3497Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3498directive.
252b5132 3499@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3500Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3501@samp{.space 4}.
3502@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3503
3504@node Symbol Attributes
3505@section Symbol Attributes
3506
3507@cindex symbol attributes
3508@cindex attributes, symbol
3509Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3510``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3511attributes.
3512@ifset INTERNALS
3513The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3514@end ifset
3515
a4fb0134 3516If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3517all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3518symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3519would want.
3520
3521@menu
3522* Symbol Value:: Value
3523* Symbol Type:: Type
3524@ifset aout-bout
3525@ifset GENERIC
3526* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3527@end ifset
3528@ifclear GENERIC
3529@ifclear BOUT
3530* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3531@end ifclear
3532@ifset BOUT
3533* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3534@end ifset
3535@end ifclear
3536@end ifset
3537@ifset COFF
3538* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3539@end ifset
3540@ifset SOM
3541* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3542@end ifset
3543@end menu
3544
3545@node Symbol Value
3546@subsection Value
3547
3548@cindex value of a symbol
3549@cindex symbol value
3550The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3551location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3552number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3553Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3554as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3555symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3556called absolute.
3557
3558The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
35590 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3560@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3561same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3562name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3563common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3564bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3565allocated storage.
3566
3567@node Symbol Type
3568@subsection Type
3569
3570@cindex type of a symbol
3571@cindex symbol type
3572The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3573information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3574(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3575format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3576
3577@ifset aout-bout
3578@ifclear GENERIC
3579@ifset BOUT
3580@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3581@c better if it were available outside examples.
3582@need 1000
3583@node a.out Symbols
3584@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3585
3586@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3587@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3588These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3589one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3590@code{b.out}.
3591
3592@end ifset
3593@ifclear BOUT
3594@node a.out Symbols
3595@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3596
3597@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3598@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3599
3600@end ifclear
3601@end ifclear
3602@ifset GENERIC
3603@node a.out Symbols
3604@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3605
3606@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3607@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3608
3609@end ifset
3610@menu
3611* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3612* Symbol Other:: Other
3613@end menu
3614
3615@node Symbol Desc
3616@subsubsection Descriptor
3617
3618@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3619This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3620descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3621(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3622@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3623
3624@node Symbol Other
3625@subsubsection Other
3626
3627@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3628This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3629@end ifset
3630
3631@ifset COFF
3632@node COFF Symbols
3633@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3634
3635@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3636@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3637
3638The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3639like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3640@code{.endef} directives.
3641
3642@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3643
3644@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3645The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3646respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3647
3648@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3649
3650@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3651The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3652@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3653table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3654@end ifset
3655
3656@ifset SOM
3657@node SOM Symbols
3658@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3659
3660@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3661@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3662
3663The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3664the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3665
01642c12 3666The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3667Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3668@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3669@end ifset
3670
3671@node Expressions
3672@chapter Expressions
3673
3674@cindex expressions
3675@cindex addresses
3676@cindex numeric values
3677An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3678Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3679
3680The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3681a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3682enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3683section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3684the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3685@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3686
3687@menu
3688* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3689* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3690@end menu
3691
3692@node Empty Exprs
3693@section Empty Expressions
3694
3695@cindex empty expressions
3696@cindex expressions, empty
3697An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3698Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3699expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3700is compatible with other assemblers.
3701
3702@node Integer Exprs
3703@section Integer Expressions
3704
3705@cindex integer expressions
3706@cindex expressions, integer
3707An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3708by @emph{operators}.
3709
3710@menu
3711* Arguments:: Arguments
3712* Operators:: Operators
3713* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3714* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3715@end menu
3716
3717@node Arguments
3718@subsection Arguments
3719
3720@cindex expression arguments
3721@cindex arguments in expressions
3722@cindex operands in expressions
3723@cindex arithmetic operands
3724@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3725contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3726this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3727the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3728expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3729instruction operands.
3730
3731Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3732@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3733or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3734integer.
3735
3736Numbers are usually integers.
3737
3738A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3739that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3740these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3741instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3742assemblers.
3743
3744@cindex subexpressions
3745Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3746expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3747operator followed by an argument.
3748
3749@node Operators
3750@subsection Operators
3751
3752@cindex operators, in expressions
3753@cindex arithmetic functions
3754@cindex functions, in expressions
3755@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3756operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3757between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3758whitespace.
3759
3760@node Prefix Ops
3761@subsection Prefix Operator
3762
3763@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3764@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3765one argument, which must be absolute.
3766
3767@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3768@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3769@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3770@tex
3771\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3772@end tex
3773
3774@table @code
3775@item -
3776@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3777@item ~
3778@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3779@end table
3780
3781@tex
3782\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3783@end tex
3784
3785@node Infix Ops
3786@subsection Infix Operators
3787
3788@cindex infix operators
3789@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3790@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3791have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3792to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3793absolute, and the result is absolute.
3794
3795@enumerate
3796@cindex operator precedence
3797@cindex precedence of operators
3798
3799@item
3800Highest Precedence
3801
3802@table @code
3803@item *
3804@dfn{Multiplication}.
3805
3806@item /
3807@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3808
3809@item %
3810@dfn{Remainder}.
3811
d1eac9d9 3812@item <<
252b5132
RH
3813@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3814
d1eac9d9 3815@item >>
252b5132
RH
3816@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3817@end table
3818
3819@item
3820Intermediate precedence
3821
3822@table @code
3823@item |
3824
3825@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3826
3827@item &
3828@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3829
3830@item ^
3831@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3832
3833@item !
3834@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3835@end table
3836
3837@item
b131d4dc 3838Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3839
3840@table @code
3841@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3842@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3843@cindex arguments for addition
3844@item +
3845@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3846the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3847sections.
3848
3849@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3850@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3851@cindex arguments for subtraction
3852@item -
3853@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3854result has the section of the left argument.
3855If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3856You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3857@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3858
3859@cindex comparison expressions
3860@cindex expressions, comparison
3861@item ==
3862@dfn{Is Equal To}
3863@item <>
723a8472 3864@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3865@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3866@item <
3867@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3868@item >
b131d4dc 3869@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3870@item >=
b131d4dc 3871@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3872@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3873@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3874
3875The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3876value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3877perform signed comparisons.
3878@end table
3879
3880@item Lowest Precedence
3881
3882@table @code
3883@item &&
3884@dfn{Logical And}.
3885
3886@item ||
3887@dfn{Logical Or}.
3888
3889These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3890expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3891value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3892or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3893
252b5132
RH
3894@end table
3895@end enumerate
3896
3897In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3898address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3899
3900@node Pseudo Ops
3901@chapter Assembler Directives
3902
3903@cindex directives, machine independent
3904@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3905@cindex machine independent directives
3906All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3907The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3908
3909This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3910target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3911@ifset GENERIC
3912Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3913@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3914@end ifset
3915@ifclear GENERIC
3916@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3917@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3918@end ifset
3919@end ifclear
3920
3921@menu
3922* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3923@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3924* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3925@end ifset
f0dc282c 3926
252b5132 3927* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3928* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3929* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3930* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3931* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3932* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3933* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3934* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3935* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3936@ifset COFF
3937* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3938@end ifset
3939@ifset aout-bout
3940* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3941@end ifset
3942@ifset COFF
3943* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3944@end ifset
f0dc282c 3945
252b5132
RH
3946* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3947* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3948* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3949* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3950* End:: @code{.end}
3951@ifset COFF
3952* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3953@end ifset
f0dc282c 3954
252b5132
RH
3955* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3956* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3957* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3958* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3959* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3960* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3961* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3962* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3963* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3964* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3965* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3966* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3967* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 3968* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 3969* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3970@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3971* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3972* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3973@end ifset
f0dc282c 3974
252b5132
RH
3975* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3976* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3977* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3978* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3979* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3980* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3981@ifset ELF
3982* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3983@end ifset
f0dc282c 3984
252b5132
RH
3985* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3986* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3987* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
3988* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
3989@ifclear no-line-dir
3990* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
3991@end ifclear
f0dc282c 3992
252b5132
RH
3993* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
3994* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 3995* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
3996* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
3997* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
3998@ifset ELF
3999* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4000@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4001
252b5132
RH
4002* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4003@ignore
4004* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4005@end ignore
f0dc282c 4006
252b5132
RH
4007* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4008* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4009* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4010* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4011* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
4012* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4013* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4014@ifset ELF
4015* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4016* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4017@end ifset
f0dc282c 4018
252b5132 4019* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4020@ifset ELF
4021* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4022@end ifset
f0dc282c 4023
252b5132
RH
4024* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4025* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4026@ifset ELF
4027* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4028@end ifset
f0dc282c 4029
252b5132 4030* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4031* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4032* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4033* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4034@ifset COFF
4035* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4036@end ifset
4037@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4038* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4039@end ifset
f0dc282c 4040
252b5132
RH
4041* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4042* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4043* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4044@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4045* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4046@end ifset
884f0d36 4047@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4048* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4049@end ifclear
4050
252b5132 4051* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4052@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4053* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4054@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4055@ifset have-stabs
4056* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4057@end ifset
f0dc282c 4058
38a57ae7 4059* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4060* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4061@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4062* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4063* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4064@end ifset
f0dc282c 4065
252b5132
RH
4066@ifset COFF
4067* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4068@end ifset
f0dc282c 4069
252b5132
RH
4070* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4071* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4072@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4073* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4074@end ifset
4075
c91d2e08 4076* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4077@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4078* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4079@end ifset
f0dc282c 4080
2e13b764 4081@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4082* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4083* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4084* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4085@end ifset
f0dc282c 4086
d190d046 4087* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4088* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4089* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4090* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4091* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4092@end menu
4093
4094@node Abort
4095@section @code{.abort}
4096
4097@cindex @code{abort} directive
4098@cindex stopping the assembly
4099This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4100compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4101assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4102of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4103quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4104
4105@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4106@node ABORT (COFF)
4107@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4108
4109@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4110When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4111synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4112
4113@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4114When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4115but ignores it.
4116@end ifset
4117@end ifset
4118
4119@node Align
4120@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4121
4122@cindex padding the location counter
4123@cindex @code{align} directive
4124Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4125boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4126required, as described below.
4127
4128The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4129padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4130padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4131marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4132with no-op instructions.
4133
4134The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4135it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4136directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4137specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4138fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4139required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4140with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4141
4142The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4143For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4144s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4145alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4146the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4147is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4148first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4149
9e9a9798 4150For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4151strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4152number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4153advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4154counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4155multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4156
4157This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4158native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4159GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4160described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4161architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4162
ccf8a69b
BW
4163@node Altmacro
4164@section @code{.altmacro}
4165Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4166
4167@ftable @code
4168@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4169One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4170generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4171replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4172replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4173separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4174define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4175
4176@item String delimiters
4177You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4178@code{"@var{string}"}:
4179
4180@table @code
4181@item '@var{string}'
4182You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4183
4184@item <@var{string}>
4185You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4186@end table
4187
4188@item single-character string escape
4189To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4190character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4191character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4192write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4193
4194@item Expression results as strings
4195You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4196and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4197@end ftable
4198
252b5132
RH
4199@node Ascii
4200@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4201
4202@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4203@cindex string literals
4204@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4205separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4206trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4207
4208@node Asciz
4209@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4210
4211@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4212@cindex zero-terminated strings
4213@cindex null-terminated strings
4214@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4215a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4216
4217@node Balign
4218@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4219
4220@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4221@cindex @code{balign} directive
4222Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4223storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4224alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4225the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4226is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4227
4228The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4229padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4230padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4231marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4232with no-op instructions.
4233
4234The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4235it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4236directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4237specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4238fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4239required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4240with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4241
4242@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4243@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4244The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4245@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4246pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4247fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
42484,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4249filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4250the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4251undefined.
4252
4253@node Byte
4254@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4255
4256@cindex @code{byte} directive
4257@cindex integers, one byte
4258@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4259Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4260
54cfded0 4261@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4262@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4263@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4264@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4265should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4266If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4267if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4268To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4269directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4270
4b7d318b 4271@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4272@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4273@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4274should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4275data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4276@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4277
01642c12 4278Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4279it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4280
54cfded0
AM
4281@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4282@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4283@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4284unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4285@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4286
9b8ae42e
JJ
4287@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4288@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4289@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4290should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4291argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4292a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4293the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4294can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4295The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4296no personality routine.
4297
4298@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4299@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4300@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4301should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4302argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4303or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4304no LSDA.
4305
54cfded0 4306@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4307@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4308address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4309
4310@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4311@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4312now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4313remains the same.
4314
4315@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4316@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4317remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4318absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4319CFA address.
4320
4321@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4322Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4323value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4324
4325@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4326Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4327CFA.
54cfded0 4328
17076204
RH
4329@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4330Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4331the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4332using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4333This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4334code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4335
4b7d318b
L
4336@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4337Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4338
4339@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4340@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4341same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4342instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4343
4344@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4345From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4346
4347@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4348Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4349i.e. no restoration needed.
4350
01642c12
RM
4351@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4352First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4353then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4354everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4355the previous saved state.
4356
4357@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4358Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4359directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4360
63752a75
JJ
4361@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4362Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4363
6749011b 4364@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4365SPARC register window has been saved.
4366
cdfbf930
RH
4367@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4368Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4369might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4370opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4371
f1c4cc75
RH
4372@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4373The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4374will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4375description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4376
4377The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4378limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4379mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4380by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4381or another register.
4382
ccf8a69b
BW
4383@node Comm
4384@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4385
ccf8a69b
BW
4386@cindex @code{comm} directive
4387@cindex symbol, common
4388@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4389common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4390of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4391definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4392allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4393absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4394the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4395using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4396
c1711530
DK
4397@ifset COFF-ELF
4398When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4399an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4400specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4401that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4402as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4403boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4404power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4405common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4406alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4407largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4408maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4409is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4410@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4411multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4412It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4413(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4414@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4415
ccf8a69b
BW
4416@ifset HPPA
4417The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4418@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4419@end ifset
07a53e5c 4420
252b5132
RH
4421@node Data
4422@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4423
4424@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4425@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4426end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4427absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4428to zero.
4429
4430@ifset COFF
4431@node Def
4432@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4433
4434@cindex @code{def} directive
4435@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4436@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4437Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4438definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4439@ifset BOUT
4440
a4fb0134 4441This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4442format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4443but ignored.
4444@end ifset
4445@end ifset
4446
4447@ifset aout-bout
4448@node Desc
4449@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4450
4451@cindex @code{desc} directive
4452@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4453@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4454This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4455to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4456
4457@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4458The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4459configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4460object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4461it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4462@end ifset
4463@end ifset
4464
4465@ifset COFF
4466@node Dim
4467@section @code{.dim}
4468
4469@cindex @code{dim} directive
4470@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4471@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4472This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4473information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4474@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4475@ifset BOUT
4476
4477@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4478@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4479ignores it.
4480@end ifset
4481@end ifset
4482
4483@node Double
4484@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4485
4486@cindex @code{double} directive
4487@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4488@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4489assembles floating point numbers.
4490@ifset GENERIC
4491The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4492@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4493@end ifset
4494@ifclear GENERIC
4495@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4496On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4497in @sc{ieee} format.
4498@end ifset
4499@end ifclear
4500
4501@node Eject
4502@section @code{.eject}
4503
4504@cindex @code{eject} directive
4505@cindex new page, in listings
4506@cindex page, in listings
4507@cindex listing control: new page
4508Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4509
4510@node Else
4511@section @code{.else}
4512
4513@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4514@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4515assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4516of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4517was false.
4518
3fd9f047
TW
4519@node Elseif
4520@section @code{.elseif}
4521
4522@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4523@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4524assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4525@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4526
252b5132
RH
4527@node End
4528@section @code{.end}
4529
4530@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4531@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4532process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4533
4534@ifset COFF
4535@node Endef
4536@section @code{.endef}
4537
4538@cindex @code{endef} directive
4539This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4540@code{.def}.
4541@ifset BOUT
4542
4543@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4544@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4545directive but ignores it.
4546@end ifset
4547@end ifset
4548
4549@node Endfunc
4550@section @code{.endfunc}
4551@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4552@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4553
4554@node Endif
4555@section @code{.endif}
4556
4557@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4558@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4559it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4560conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4561
4562@node Equ
4563@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4564
4565@cindex @code{equ} directive
4566@cindex assigning values to symbols
4567@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4568This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4569It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4570
4571@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4572The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4573@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4574@end ifset
4575
3c9b82ba 4576@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4577The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4578@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4579On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4580but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4581Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4582@end ifset
4583
252b5132
RH
4584@node Equiv
4585@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4586@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4587The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4588the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4589symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4590undefined.
252b5132 4591
01642c12 4592Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4593@smallexample
4594.ifdef SYM
4595.err
4596.endif
4597.equ SYM,VAL
4598@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4599plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4600
4601@node Eqv
4602@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4603@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4604The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4605evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4606the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4607value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4608
4609@node Err
4610@section @code{.err}
4611@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4612If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4613message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4614object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4615
d190d046
HPN
4616@node Error
4617@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4618@cindex error directive
4619
4620Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4621string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4622message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4623@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4624
4625@smallexample
4626 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4627@end smallexample
4628
252b5132
RH
4629@node Exitm
4630@section @code{.exitm}
4631Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4632
4633@node Extern
4634@section @code{.extern}
4635
4636@cindex @code{extern} directive
4637@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4638with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4639all undefined symbols as external.
4640
4641@node Fail
4642@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4643
4644@cindex @code{fail} directive
4645Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4646or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4647than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4648include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4649complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4650
252b5132 4651@node File
14082c76 4652@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4653@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4654
4655@ifclear no-file-dir
4656There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4657that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4658@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4659
4660@subheading Default Version
4661
252b5132
RH
4662@cindex logical file name
4663@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4664This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4665are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4666
4667@smallexample
4668.file @var{string}
4669@end smallexample
4670
4671@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4672recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4673to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4674statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4675old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4676
4677@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4678@end ifclear
4679
14082c76
BW
4680When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4681to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4682
4683@smallexample
4684.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4685@end smallexample
4686
4687The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4688index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4689literal.
4690
4691The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4692table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4693information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4694entries will have.
4695
252b5132
RH
4696@node Fill
4697@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4698
4699@cindex @code{fill} directive
4700@cindex writing patterns in memory
4701@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4702@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4703This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4704may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4705more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4706other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4707is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4708zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4709byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4710Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4711@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4712compatible with other people's assemblers.
4713
4714@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4715If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4716assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4717@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4718
4719@node Float
4720@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4721
4722@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4723@cindex @code{float} directive
4724This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4725has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4726@ifset GENERIC
4727The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4728@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4729@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4730@end ifset
4731@ifclear GENERIC
4732@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4733On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4734in @sc{ieee} format.
4735@end ifset
4736@end ifclear
4737
4738@node Func
4739@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4740@cindex @code{func} directive
4741@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4742is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4743Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4744@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4745prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4746@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4747All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4748The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4749
4750@node Global
4751@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4752
4753@cindex @code{global} directive
4754@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4755@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4756@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4757other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4758@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4759from another file linked into the same program.
4760
4761Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4762compatibility with other assemblers.
4763
4764@ifset HPPA
4765On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4766partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4767@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4768@end ifset
4769
c91d2e08 4770@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4771@node Gnu_attribute
4772@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4773Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4774
c91d2e08
NC
4775@node Hidden
4776@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4777
c1253627
NC
4778@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4779@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4780This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4781@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4782@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4783
4784This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4785their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4786@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4787Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4788@end ifset
4789
252b5132
RH
4790@node hword
4791@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4792
4793@cindex @code{hword} directive
4794@cindex integers, 16-bit
4795@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4796@cindex sixteen bit integers
4797This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4798a 16 bit number for each.
4799
4800@ifset GENERIC
4801This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4802architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4803@end ifset
4804@ifclear GENERIC
4805@ifset W32
4806This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4807@end ifset
4808@ifset W16
4809This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4810@end ifset
4811@end ifclear
4812
4813@node Ident
4814@section @code{.ident}
4815
4816@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4817
4818This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4819behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4820a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4821source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4822for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4823@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4824emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4825
4826@node If
4827@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4828
4829@cindex conditional assembly
4830@cindex @code{if} directive
4831@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4832considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4833(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4834the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4835(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4836alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4837If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4838nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4839
4840The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4841@table @code
4842@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4843@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4844Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4845has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4846is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4847
26aca5f6
JB
4848@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4849@item .ifb @var{text}
4850Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4851
252b5132
RH
4852@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4853@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4854Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4855strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4856the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4857end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4858string comparison is case sensitive.
4859
4860@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4861@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4862Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4863
4864@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4865@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4866Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4867
4868@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4869@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4870Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4871equal to zero.
4872
4873@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4874@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4875Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4876
4877@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4878@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4879Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4880to zero.
4881
4882@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4883@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4884Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4885
26aca5f6
JB
4886@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4887@item .ifnb @var{text}
4888Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4889following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4890
252b5132
RH
4891@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4892@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4893Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4894following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4895
4896@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4897@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4898@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4899@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4900Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4901has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4902which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4903
4904@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4905@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4906Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4907(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4908
4909@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4910@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4911Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4912following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4913@end table
4914
7e005732
NC
4915@node Incbin
4916@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4917
4918@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4919@cindex binary files, including
4920The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4921location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4922option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4923around @var{file}.
4924
4925The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4926@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4927read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4928responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4929after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4930
252b5132
RH
4931@node Include
4932@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4933
4934@cindex @code{include} directive
4935@cindex supporting files, including
4936@cindex files, including
4937This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4938points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4939if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4940included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4941can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4942(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4943around @var{file}.
4944
4945@node Int
4946@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4947
4948@cindex @code{int} directive
4949@cindex integers, 32-bit
4950Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4951For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4952expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4953of target the assembly is for.
4954
4955@ifclear GENERIC
4956@ifset H8
7be1c489 4957On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4958integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
495932-bit integers.
4960@end ifset
4961@end ifclear
4962
c91d2e08
NC
4963@ifset ELF
4964@node Internal
4965@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4966
c1253627
NC
4967@cindex @code{internal} directive
4968@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4969This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4970@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 4971@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4972
4973This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4974their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4975@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4976(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4977processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4978@end ifset
4979
252b5132
RH
4980@node Irp
4981@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4982
4983@cindex @code{irp} directive
4984Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4985The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
4986terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
4987set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
4988@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
4989@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
4990sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4991
4992For example, assembling
4993
4994@example
4995 .irp param,1,2,3
4996 move d\param,sp@@-
4997 .endr
4998@end example
4999
5000is equivalent to assembling
5001
5002@example
5003 move d1,sp@@-
5004 move d2,sp@@-
5005 move d3,sp@@-
5006@end example
5007
96e9638b 5008For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5009
252b5132
RH
5010@node Irpc
5011@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5012
5013@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5014Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5015The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5016terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5017@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5018assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5019assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5020@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5021
5022For example, assembling
5023
5024@example
5025 .irpc param,123
5026 move d\param,sp@@-
5027 .endr
5028@end example
5029
5030is equivalent to assembling
5031
5032@example
5033 move d1,sp@@-
5034 move d2,sp@@-
5035 move d3,sp@@-
5036@end example
5037
5e75c3ab
JB
5038For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5039at @xref{Macro}.
5040
252b5132
RH
5041@node Lcomm
5042@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5043
5044@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5045@cindex local common symbols
5046@cindex symbols, local common
5047Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5048denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5049those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5050section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5051is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5052not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5053
5054@ifset GENERIC
5055Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5056argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5057@end ifset
5058
5059@ifset HPPA
5060The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5061@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5062@end ifset
5063
5064@node Lflags
5065@section @code{.lflags}
5066
5067@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5068@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5069assemblers, but ignores it.
5070
5071@ifclear no-line-dir
5072@node Line
5073@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5074
5075@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5076@cindex logical line number
5077@ifset aout-bout
5078Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5079expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5080statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5081reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5082@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5083for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5084@end ifset
5085
252b5132 5086Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5087@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5088when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5089were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5090@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5091
5092Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5093used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5094debugging.
5095@end ifclear
5096
5097@node Linkonce
5098@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5099@cindex COMDAT
5100@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5101@cindex common sections
5102Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5103This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5104but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5105The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5106Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5107unique.
5108
5109This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5110writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5111Executable format used on Windows NT.
5112
5113The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5114following strings. For example:
5115@smallexample
5116.linkonce same_size
5117@end smallexample
5118Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5119
5120@table @code
5121@item discard
5122Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5123
5124@item one_only
5125Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5126
5127@item same_size
5128Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5129
5130@item same_contents
5131Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5132@end table
5133
ccf8a69b
BW
5134@node List
5135@section @code{.list}
5136
5137@cindex @code{list} directive
5138@cindex listing control, turning on
5139Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5140not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5141internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5142counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5143generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5144
5145By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5146@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5147the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5148
252b5132
RH
5149@node Ln
5150@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5151
5152@cindex @code{ln} directive
5153@ifclear no-line-dir
5154@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5155@end ifclear
5156@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5157Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5158must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5159line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5160statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5161line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5162@ifset BOUT
5163
a4fb0134 5164This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5165configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5166output format.
5167@end ifset
5168@end ifset
5169
ccf8a69b
BW
5170@node Loc
5171@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5172@cindex @code{loc} directive
5173When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5174the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5175number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5176instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5177arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5178the row is added.
252b5132 5179
ccf8a69b
BW
5180The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5181
5182@table @code
5183@item basic_block
5184This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5185@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5186
5187@item prologue_end
5188This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5189@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5190
5191@item epilogue_begin
5192This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5193@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5194
5195@item is_stmt @var{value}
5196This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5197@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5198either 0 or 1.
5199
5200@item isa @var{value}
5201This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5202state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5203
92846e72
CC
5204@item discriminator @var{value}
5205This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5206state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5207
ccf8a69b
BW
5208@end table
5209
5210@node Loc_mark_labels
5211@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5212@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5213When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5214the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5215to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5216register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5217The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5218this function respectively.
252b5132 5219
4d4175af
BW
5220@ifset ELF
5221@node Local
5222@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5223
5224@cindex @code{local} directive
5225This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5226the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5227will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5228they will be created.
5229
5230For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5231accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5232the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5233(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5234@end ifset
5235
252b5132
RH
5236@node Long
5237@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5238
5239@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5240@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5241
5242@ignore
5243@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5244@c what it really ought to do
5245@node Lsym
5246@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5247
5248@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5249@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5250@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5251the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5252rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5253the same as the expression value:
5254@smallexample
5255@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5256@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5257@var{value} = @var{expression}
5258@end smallexample
5259@noindent
5260The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5261@end ignore
5262
5263@node Macro
5264@section @code{.macro}
5265
5266@cindex macros
5267The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5268generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5269@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5270
5271@example
5272 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5273 .long \from
5274 .if \to-\from
5275 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5276 .endif
5277 .endm
5278@end example
5279
5280@noindent
5281With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5282
5283@example
5284 .long 0
5285 .long 1
5286 .long 2
5287 .long 3
5288 .long 4
5289 .long 5
5290@end example
5291
5292@ftable @code
5293@item .macro @var{macname}
5294@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5295@cindex @code{macro} directive
5296Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5297definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5298separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5299indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5300@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5301(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5302macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5303cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5304subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5305definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5306
5307@table @code
5308@item .macro comm
5309Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5310arguments.
5311
6258339f 5312@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5313@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5314Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5315which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5316@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5317
5318@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5319Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5320arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5321After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5322@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5323@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5324,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5325@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5326
6eaeac8a
JB
5327@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5328Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5329arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5330not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5331will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5332
252b5132
RH
5333When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5334position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5335@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5336
6258339f
NC
5337@end table
5338
5e75c3ab
JB
5339Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5340as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5341occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5342characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5343(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5344architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5345character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5346replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5347construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5348identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5349this macro definition:
5350
5351@example
5352 .macro label l
5353\l:
5354 .endm
5355@end example
5356
5357might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5358called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5359assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5360identifier.
5361
5362Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5363which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5364for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5365length specifier like this:
5366
5367@example
5368 .macro opcode base length
5369 \base.\length
5370 .endm
5371@end example
5372
5373and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5374instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5375interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5376
5377There are several possible ways around this problem:
5378
5379@table @code
5380@item Insert white space
5381If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5382solution. eg:
5383
5384@example
5385 .macro label l
5386\l :
5387 .endm
5388@end example
5389
5390@item Use @samp{\()}
5391The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5392the following text. eg:
5393
5394@example
5395 .macro opcode base length
5396 \base\().\length
5397 .endm
5398@end example
5399
5400@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5401In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5402used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5403
5404@example
5405 .altmacro
5406 .macro label l
5407l&:
5408 .endm
5409@end example
6258339f 5410@end table
5e75c3ab 5411
96e9638b 5412Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5413also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5414and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5415
252b5132
RH
5416@item .endm
5417@cindex @code{endm} directive
5418Mark the end of a macro definition.
5419
5420@item .exitm
5421@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5422Exit early from the current macro definition.
5423
5424@cindex number of macros executed
5425@cindex macros, count executed
5426@item \@@
a4fb0134 5427@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5428executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5429output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5430
252b5132
RH
5431@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5432@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5433macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5434@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5435@end ftable
252b5132 5436
ccf8a69b
BW
5437@node MRI
5438@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5439
ccf8a69b
BW
5440@cindex @code{mri} directive
5441@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5442If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5443@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5444affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5445of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5446
caa32fe5
NC
5447@node Noaltmacro
5448@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5449Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5450
252b5132
RH
5451@node Nolist
5452@section @code{.nolist}
5453
5454@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5455@cindex listing control, turning off
5456Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5457not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5458internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5459counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5460generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5461
5462@node Octa
5463@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5464
5465@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5466@cindex @code{octa} directive
5467@cindex integer, 16-byte
5468@cindex sixteen byte integer
5469This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5470bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5471
5472The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5473hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5474
5475@node Org
5476@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5477
5478@cindex @code{org} directive
5479@cindex location counter, advancing
5480@cindex advancing location counter
5481@cindex current address, advancing
5482Advance the location counter of the current section to
5483@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5484expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5485you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5486wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5487with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5488@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5489is the same as the current subsection.
5490
5491@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5492unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5493backwards.
5494
5495@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5496@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5497@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5498Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5499may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5500a chance to share your improved assembler.
5501
5502Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5503to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5504people's assemblers.
5505
5506When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5507intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5508absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5509@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5510
5511@node P2align
5512@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5513
5514@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5515@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5516Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5517storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5518number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5519advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5520counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5521multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5522
5523The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5524padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5525padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5526marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5527with no-op instructions.
5528
5529The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5530it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5531directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5532specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5533fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5534required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5535with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5536
5537@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5538@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5539The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5540@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5541pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5542fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
55432,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5544filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5545the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5546undefined.
5547
ccf8a69b
BW
5548@ifset ELF
5549@node PopSection
5550@section @code{.popsection}
5551
5552@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5553@cindex Section Stack
5554This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5555@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5556@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5557(@pxref{Previous}).
5558
5559This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5560section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5561stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5562@end ifset
5563
c91d2e08
NC
5564@ifset ELF
5565@node Previous
5566@section @code{.previous}
5567
c1253627 5568@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5569@cindex Section Stack
5570This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5571@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5572@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5573(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5574
5575This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5576referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5577@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5578subsections). For example:
5579
5580@smallexample
5581.section A
5582 .subsection 1
5583 .word 0x1234
5584 .subsection 2
5585 .word 0x5678
5586.previous
5587 .word 0x9abc
5588@end smallexample
5589
5590Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5591section A. Whilst:
5592
5593@smallexample
5594.section A
5595.subsection 1
5596 # Now in section A subsection 1
5597 .word 0x1234
5598.section B
5599.subsection 0
5600 # Now in section B subsection 0
5601 .word 0x5678
5602.subsection 1
5603 # Now in section B subsection 1
5604 .word 0x9abc
5605.previous
5606 # Now in section B subsection 0
5607 .word 0xdef0
5608@end smallexample
5609
5610Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5611section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5612
5613In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5614the top section on the section stack.
5615@end ifset
5616
252b5132
RH
5617@node Print
5618@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5619
5620@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5621@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5622assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5623
c91d2e08
NC
5624@ifset ELF
5625@node Protected
5626@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5627
c1253627
NC
5628@cindex @code{protected} directive
5629@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5630This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5631@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5632
5633This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5634their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5635@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5636components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5637component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5638this.
c91d2e08
NC
5639@end ifset
5640
252b5132
RH
5641@node Psize
5642@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5643
5644@cindex @code{psize} directive
5645@cindex listing control: paper size
5646@cindex paper size, for listings
5647Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5648number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5649
5650If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5651of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5652default width is 200 columns.
5653
a4fb0134 5654@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5655lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5656@code{.eject}).
5657
5658If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5659those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5660
5661@node Purgem
5662@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5663
5664@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5665Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5666expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5667
c91d2e08
NC
5668@ifset ELF
5669@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5670@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5671
c1253627 5672@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5673@cindex Section Stack
5674This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5675@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5676@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5677(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5678
e9863d7f
DJ
5679This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5680top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5681subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5682@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5683as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5684@end ifset
5685
252b5132
RH
5686@node Quad
5687@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5688
5689@cindex @code{quad} directive
5690@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5691each bignum, it emits
5692@ifclear bignum-16
5693an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5694warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5695@cindex eight-byte integer
5696@cindex integer, 8-byte
5697
5698The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5699hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5700@end ifclear
5701@ifset bignum-16
5702a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5703warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5704@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5705@cindex integer, 16-byte
5706@end ifset
5707
05e9452c
AM
5708@node Reloc
5709@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5710
5711@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5712Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5713@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5714the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5715symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5716@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5717absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5718targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5719relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5720section.
5721
252b5132
RH
5722@node Rept
5723@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5724
5725@cindex @code{rept} directive
5726Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5727@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5728
5729For example, assembling
5730
5731@example
5732 .rept 3
5733 .long 0
5734 .endr
5735@end example
5736
5737is equivalent to assembling
5738
5739@example
5740 .long 0
5741 .long 0
5742 .long 0
5743@end example
5744
5745@node Sbttl
5746@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5747
5748@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5749@cindex subtitles for listings
5750@cindex listing control: subtitle
5751Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5752title line) when generating assembly listings.
5753
5754This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5755it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5756
5757@ifset COFF
5758@node Scl
5759@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5760
5761@cindex @code{scl} directive
5762@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5763@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5764Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5765used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5766whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5767symbolic debugging information.
5768@ifset BOUT
5769
5770The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5771configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5772accepts this directive but ignores it.
5773@end ifset
5774@end ifset
5775
c1253627 5776@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5777@node Section
c1253627 5778@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5779
252b5132
RH
5780@cindex named section
5781Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5782named @var{name}.
5783
5784This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5785named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5786with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5787
c1253627
NC
5788@ifset COFF
5789@ifset ELF
5790@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5791@subheading COFF Version
5792@end ifset
5793
5794@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5795For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5796ways:
c91d2e08 5797
252b5132
RH
5798@smallexample
5799.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5800.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5801@end smallexample
5802
5803If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5804section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5805@table @code
5806@item b
5807bss section (uninitialized data)
5808@item n
5809section is not loaded
5810@item w
5811writable section
5812@item d
5813data section
5814@item r
5815read-only section
5816@item x
5817executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5818@item s
5819shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5820@item a
5821ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5822@item y
5823section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5824@item 0-9
5825single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5826@end table
5827
5828If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5829the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5830loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5831from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5832will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5833
5834If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5835taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5836@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5837
5838@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5839@ifset COFF
5840@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5841@subheading ELF Version
5842@end ifset
5843
c91d2e08
NC
5844@cindex Section Stack
5845This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5846@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5847(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5848@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5849
c1253627 5850@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5851For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5852
252b5132 5853@smallexample
7047dd1e 5854.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5855@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5856
252b5132 5857The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5858combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5859@table @code
5860@item a
5861section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5862@item e
5863section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5864@item w
5865section is writable
5866@item x
5867section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5868@item M
5869section is mergeable
5870@item S
5871section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5872@item G
5873section is a member of a section group
5874@item T
5875section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5876@item ?
5877section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5878@end table
5879
5880The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5881@table @code
5882@item @@progbits
5883section contains data
5884@item @@nobits
5885section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5886@item @@note
5887section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5888@item @@init_array
5889section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5890@item @@fini_array
5891section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5892@item @@preinit_array
5893section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5894@end table
5895
10b016c2
PB
5896Many targets only support the first three section types.
5897
ececec60
NC
5898Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5899ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5900@code{%} character.
5901
22fe14ad 5902If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5903be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5904
5905@smallexample
5906.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5907@end smallexample
5908
5909Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5910constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5911@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5912@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5913the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5914absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5915which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5916@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5917@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5918
5919If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5920be present along with an additional field like this:
5921
5922@smallexample
5923.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5924@end smallexample
5925
5926The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5927particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5928@table @code
5929@item comdat
5930indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5931@item .gnu.linkonce
5932an alias for comdat
5933@end table
5934
96e9638b 5935Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5936the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5937
5938@smallexample
5939.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5940@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5941
01642c12
RM
5942If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
5943@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
5944present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
5945this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
5946@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
5947If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
5948
252b5132
RH
5949If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5950the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5951none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5952executable. The section will contain data.
5953
5954For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5955directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5956
252b5132
RH
5957@smallexample
5958.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5959@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5960
252b5132
RH
5961Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5962separated flags:
5963@table @code
5964@item #alloc
5965section is allocatable
5966@item #write
5967section is writable
5968@item #execinstr
5969section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
5970@item #exclude
5971section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
5972@item #tls
5973section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5974@end table
c91d2e08 5975
e9863d7f
DJ
5976This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
5977contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
5978some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
5979work.
c1253627
NC
5980@end ifset
5981@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5982
5983@node Set
5984@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5985
5986@cindex @code{set} directive
5987@cindex symbol value, setting
5988Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
5989changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
5990@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
5991flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
5992
5993You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
5994
5995If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
5996file is the last value stored into it.
5997
3c9b82ba
NC
5998@ifset Z80
5999On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6000@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6001@end ifset
6002
252b5132
RH
6003@node Short
6004@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6005
6006@cindex @code{short} directive
6007@ifset GENERIC
6008@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6009@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6010
6011In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6012numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6013@end ifset
6014@ifclear GENERIC
6015@ifset W16
6016@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6017@end ifset
6018@ifset W32
6019This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6020a 16 bit number for each.
6021@end ifset
6022@end ifclear
6023
6024@node Single
6025@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6026
6027@cindex @code{single} directive
6028@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6029This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6030has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6031@ifset GENERIC
6032The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6033@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6034@end ifset
6035@ifclear GENERIC
6036@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6037On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6038numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6039@end ifset
6040@end ifclear
6041
c1253627 6042@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6043@node Size
c1253627 6044@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6045
c1253627
NC
6046This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6047
6048@ifset COFF
6049@ifset ELF
6050@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6051@subheading COFF Version
6052@end ifset
6053
6054@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6055For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6056@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6057
6058@smallexample
6059.size @var{expression}
6060@end smallexample
252b5132 6061
c91d2e08 6062@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6063@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6064@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6065ignores it.
6066@end ifset
c1253627 6067@end ifset
c91d2e08 6068
c1253627
NC
6069@ifset ELF
6070@ifset COFF
6071@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6072@subheading ELF Version
6073@end ifset
6074
6075@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6076For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6077
c1253627
NC
6078@smallexample
6079.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6080@end smallexample
6081
6082This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6083The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6084arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6085symbols.
c1253627
NC
6086@end ifset
6087@end ifset
252b5132 6088
252b5132
RH
6089@ifclear no-space-dir
6090@node Skip
6091@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6092
6093@cindex @code{skip} directive
6094@cindex filling memory
6095This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6096@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6097@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6098@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6099@end ifclear
252b5132 6100
ccf8a69b
BW
6101@node Sleb128
6102@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6103
6104@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6105@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6106compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6107symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6108
884f0d36 6109@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6110@node Space
6111@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6112
6113@cindex @code{space} directive
6114@cindex filling memory
6115This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6116@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6117and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6118as @samp{.skip}.
6119
6120@ifset HPPA
6121@quotation
6122@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6123targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6124Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6125@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6126for a summary.
6127@end quotation
6128@end ifset
6129@end ifclear
6130
252b5132
RH
6131@ifset have-stabs
6132@node Stab
6133@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6134
6135@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6136@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6137There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6138All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6139The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6140cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6141Up to five fields are required:
6142
6143@table @var
6144@item string
6145This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6146@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6147debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6148using this field.
6149
6150@item type
6151An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6152this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6153and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6154
6155@item other
6156An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6157low 8 bits of this expression.
6158
6159@item desc
6160An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6161bits of this expression.
6162
6163@item value
6164An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6165@end table
6166
6167If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6168or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6169you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6170compatible with earlier assemblers!
6171
6172@table @code
6173@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6174@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6175
6176The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6177It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6178null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6179strings.
6180
6181The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6182relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6183is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6184assembled.
6185
6186@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6187@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6188The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6189
6190@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6191@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6192All five fields are specified.
6193@end table
6194@end ifset
6195@c end have-stabs
6196
6197@node String
38a57ae7 6198@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6199"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6200
6201@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6202@cindex string8, copying to object file
6203@cindex string16, copying to object file
6204@cindex string32, copying to object file
6205@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6206@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6207@cindex @code{string8} directive
6208@cindex @code{string16} directive
6209@cindex @code{string32} directive
6210@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6211
6212Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6213one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6214particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6215You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6216
01642c12 6217The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6218the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6219copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6220are stored in target endianness byte order.
6221
6222Example:
6223@smallexample
6224 .string32 "BYE"
6225expands to:
6226 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6227 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6228@end smallexample
6229
6230
252b5132
RH
6231@node Struct
6232@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6233
6234@cindex @code{struct} directive
6235Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6236which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6237@smallexample
6238 .struct 0
6239field1:
6240 .struct field1 + 4
6241field2:
6242 .struct field2 + 4
6243field3:
6244@end smallexample
6245This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6246@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6247value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6248use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6249before further assembly.
6250
c91d2e08
NC
6251@ifset ELF
6252@node SubSection
6253@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6254
c1253627 6255@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6256@cindex Section Stack
6257This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6258@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6259@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6260(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6261
6262This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6263section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6264in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6265@end ifset
6266
252b5132
RH
6267@ifset ELF
6268@node Symver
6269@section @code{.symver}
6270@cindex @code{symver} directive
6271@cindex symbol versioning
6272@cindex versions of symbols
6273Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6274within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6275typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6276There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6277into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6278shared library.
6279
79082ff0 6280For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6281@smallexample
6282.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6283@end smallexample
339681c0 6284If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6285being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6286alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6287just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6288permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6289of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6290itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6291have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6292file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6293function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6294the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6295building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6296symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6297nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6298
6299If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6300references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6301reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6302symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6303
6304Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6305@smallexample
6306.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6307@end smallexample
6308In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6309the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6310difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6311references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6312
6313The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6314@smallexample
6315.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6316@end smallexample
6317When @var{name} is not defined within the
6318file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6319@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6320name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6321@end ifset
6322
6323@ifset COFF
6324@node Tag
6325@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6326
6327@cindex COFF structure debugging
6328@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6329@cindex @code{tag} directive
6330This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6331information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6332@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6333definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6334@ifset BOUT
6335
6336@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6337@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6338ignores it.
6339@end ifset
6340@end ifset
6341
6342@node Text
6343@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6344
6345@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6346Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6347the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6348expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6349is used.
6350
6351@node Title
6352@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6353
6354@cindex @code{title} directive
6355@cindex listing control: title line
6356Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6357source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6358
6359This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6360it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6361
c1253627 6362@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6363@node Type
c1253627
NC
6364@section @code{.type}
6365
6366This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6367
6368@ifset COFF
6369@ifset ELF
6370@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6371@subheading COFF Version
6372@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6373
6374@cindex COFF symbol type
6375@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6376@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6377For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6378@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6379
6380@smallexample
6381.type @var{int}
6382@end smallexample
6383
6384This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6385entry.
252b5132 6386
c91d2e08 6387@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6388@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6389@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6390directive but ignores it.
6391@end ifset
c1253627 6392@end ifset
c91d2e08 6393
c1253627
NC
6394@ifset ELF
6395@ifset COFF
6396@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6397@subheading ELF Version
6398@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6399
6400@cindex ELF symbol type
6401@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6402@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6403For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6404
6405@smallexample
6406.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6407@end smallexample
6408
6409This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6410function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6411supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6412compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6413
6414Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6415@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6416below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6417the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6418maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6419assemblers.
6420
6421The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6422
6423@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6424 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6425 .type <name>,#<type>
6426 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6427 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6428 .type <name>,"<type>"
6429@end smallexample
6430
6431The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6432
5671778d
NC
6433@table @gcctabopt
6434@item STT_FUNC
6435@itemx function
6436Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6437
d8045f23
NC
6438@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6439@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6440Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
6441processing. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6442
5671778d
NC
6443@item STT_OBJECT
6444@itemx object
6445Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6446
6447@item STT_TLS
6448@itemx tls_object
6449Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6450
6451@item STT_COMMON
6452@itemx common
6453Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6454
6455@item STT_NOTYPE
6456@itemx notype
6457Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6458
3e7a7d11
NC
6459@item gnu_unique_object
6460Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6461will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
6462name and type in use. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6463
5671778d
NC
6464@end table
6465
6466Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6467
c1253627
NC
6468@end ifset
6469@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6470
6471@node Uleb128
6472@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6473
6474@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6475@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6476compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6477symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6478
6479@ifset COFF
6480@node Val
6481@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6482
6483@cindex @code{val} directive
6484@cindex COFF value attribute
6485@cindex value attribute, COFF
6486This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6487records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6488entry.
6489@ifset BOUT
6490
a4fb0134 6491@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6492configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6493@end ifset
6494@end ifset
6495
2e13b764 6496@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6497@node Version
6498@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6499
c1253627 6500@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6501This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6502formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6503@end ifset
2e13b764 6504
c91d2e08
NC
6505@ifset ELF
6506@node VTableEntry
6507@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6508
653cfe85 6509@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6510This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6511@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6512
c91d2e08
NC
6513@node VTableInherit
6514@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6515
653cfe85 6516@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6517This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6518@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6519parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6520parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6521@end ifset
2e13b764 6522
d190d046
HPN
6523@node Warning
6524@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6525@cindex warning directive
6526Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6527(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6528
c91d2e08
NC
6529@node Weak
6530@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6531
c1253627 6532@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6533This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6534@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6535
01642c12 6536On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6537directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6538@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6539
977cdf5a 6540On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6541When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6542alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6543
06e77878
AO
6544@node Weakref
6545@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6546
6547@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6548This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6549be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6550If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6551will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6552symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6553
6554The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6555assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6556symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6557resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6558had the references to the alias removed.
6559
6560The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6561within the assembler.
6562
252b5132
RH
6563@node Word
6564@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6565
6566@cindex @code{word} directive
6567This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6568separated by commas.
6569@ifclear GENERIC
6570@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6571For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6572@end ifset
6573@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6574For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6575@end ifset
6576@end ifclear
6577@ifset GENERIC
6578
6579The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6580depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6581@end ifset
6582
6583@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6584@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6585@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6586@cindex difference tables altered
6587@cindex altered difference tables
6588@quotation
6589@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6590@end quotation
6591
6592@ifset GENERIC
6593Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6594addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6595interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6596@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6597
6598@end ifset
6599In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6600@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6601Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6602compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6603directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6604@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6605creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6606This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6607first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6608of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6609table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6610contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6611@code{sym2}.
6612
6613If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6614secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6615@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6616long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6617and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6618minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6619entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6620
6621@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6622@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6623@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6624assembly language programmers.
6625@end ifset
6626@end ifset
6627@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6628
6629@node Deprecated
6630@section Deprecated Directives
6631
6632@cindex deprecated directives
6633@cindex obsolescent directives
6634One day these directives won't work.
6635They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6636@table @t
6637@item .abort
6638@item .line
6639@end table
6640
3a99f02f
DJ
6641@ifset ELF
6642@node Object Attributes
6643@chapter Object Attributes
6644@cindex object attributes
6645
6646@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6647into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6648Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6649point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6650requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6651passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6652hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6653generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6654newer generation at run-time.
6655
6656This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6657@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6658time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6659correctly.
6660
6661Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6662attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6663string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6664and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6665or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6666attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6667
6668Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6669The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6670
6671@menu
6672* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6673* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6674@end menu
6675
6676@node GNU Object Attributes
6677@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6678
6679The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6680with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6681
6682Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6683its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6684an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
66852} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6686architecture-dependent ones.
6687
6688@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6689
6690These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6691
6692@table @r
6693@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6694The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6695the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6696then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6697than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6698arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6699@end table
6700
6701@subsection MIPS Attributes
6702
6703@table @r
6704@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6705The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6706
6707@itemize @bullet
6708@item
67090 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6710@item
67111 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6712FPU.
6713@item
67142 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6715@item
67163 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6717@item
67184 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6719double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6720purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6721@end itemize
6722@end table
6723
6724@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6725
6726@table @r
6727@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6728The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6729
6730@itemize @bullet
6731@item
67320 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6733@item
3c7b9897 67341 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6735@item
67362 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6737@item
67383 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6739@end itemize
6740
6741@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6742The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6743
6744@itemize @bullet
6745@item
67460 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6747@item
67481 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6749@item
67502 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6751@item
67523 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6753@end itemize
6754@end table
6755
6756@node Defining New Object Attributes
6757@section Defining New Object Attributes
6758
6759If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6760will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6761mailing list.
6762
6763@itemize @bullet
6764@item
6765This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6766@item
6767The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6768@item
6769The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6770and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6771@item
6772Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6773@item
6774@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6775@item
6776GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6777@end itemize
6778
6779@end ifset
6780
252b5132
RH
6781@ifset GENERIC
6782@node Machine Dependencies
6783@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6784
6785@cindex machine dependencies
6786The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6787each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6788vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6789directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6790assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6791@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6792optimization.
6793
6794This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6795include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6796subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6797
6798@menu
625e1353
RH
6799@ifset ALPHA
6800* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6801@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6802@ifset ARC
6803* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6804@end ifset
6805@ifset ARM
6806* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6807@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6808@ifset AVR
6809* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6810@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6811@ifset Blackfin
6812* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6813@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6814@ifset CR16
6815* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6816@end ifset
8bf549a8 6817@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6818* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6819@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6820@ifset D10V
6821* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6822@end ifset
6823@ifset D30V
6824* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6825@end ifset
6826@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6827* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6828@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6829@ifset HPPA
6830* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6831@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6832@ifset I370
6833* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6834@end ifset
252b5132 6835@ifset I80386
55b62671 6836* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6837@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6838@ifset I860
6839* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6840@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6841@ifset I960
6842* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6843@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6844@ifset IA64
6845* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6846@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6847@ifset IP2K
6848* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6849@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6850@ifset LM32
6851* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6852@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6853@ifset M32C
6854* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6855@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6856@ifset M32R
6857* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6858@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6859@ifset M680X0
6860* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6861@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6862@ifset M68HC11
6863* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6864@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6865@ifset MICROBLAZE
6866* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6867@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6868@ifset MIPS
6869* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6870@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6871@ifset MMIX
6872* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6873@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6874@ifset MSP430
6875* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6876@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
6877@ifset NS32K
6878* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
6879@end ifset
252b5132 6880@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6881* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6882* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6883@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6884@ifset PDP11
6885* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6886@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6887@ifset PJ
6888* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6889@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6890@ifset PPC
6891* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6892@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6893@ifset RX
6894* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6895@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6896@ifset S390
6897* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6898@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6899@ifset SCORE
6900* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6901@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6902@ifset SPARC
6903* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6904@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6905@ifset TIC54X
6906* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6907@end ifset
40b36596
JM
6908@ifset TIC6X
6909* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
6910@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
6911@ifset TILEGX
6912* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
6913@end ifset
6914@ifset TILEPRO
6915* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
6916@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6917@ifset V850
6918* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6919@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6920@ifset XTENSA
6921* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6922@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6923@ifset Z80
6924* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6925@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6926@ifset Z8000
6927* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6928@end ifset
6929@ifset VAX
6930* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6931@end ifset
6932@end menu
6933
6934@lowersections
6935@end ifset
6936
6937@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6938@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6939@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6940@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6941@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6942@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6943@c in both conditional blocks.
6944
625e1353
RH
6945@ifset ALPHA
6946@include c-alpha.texi
6947@end ifset
6948
6949@ifset ARC
6950@include c-arc.texi
6951@end ifset
6952
252b5132
RH
6953@ifset ARM
6954@include c-arm.texi
6955@end ifset
6956
8473f7a4
DC
6957@ifset AVR
6958@include c-avr.texi
6959@end ifset
6960
3b4e1885 6961@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
6962@include c-bfin.texi
6963@end ifset
6964
3d3d428f
NC
6965@ifset CR16
6966@include c-cr16.texi
6967@end ifset
6968
328eb32e
HPN
6969@ifset CRIS
6970@include c-cris.texi
6971@end ifset
6972
c2dcd04e 6973@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6974@ifclear GENERIC
6975@node Machine Dependencies
6976@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6977
c2dcd04e 6978The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6979and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6980chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
6981family.
6982
6983@menu
c2dcd04e 6984* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 6985* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
6986@end menu
6987@lowersections
6988@end ifclear
6989@end ifset
6990
6991@ifset D10V
6992@include c-d10v.texi
6993@end ifset
6994
6995@ifset D30V
6996@include c-d30v.texi
6997@end ifset
6998
6999@ifset H8/300
7000@include c-h8300.texi
7001@end ifset
7002
252b5132
RH
7003@ifset HPPA
7004@include c-hppa.texi
7005@end ifset
7006
5b93d8bb
AM
7007@ifset I370
7008@include c-i370.texi
7009@end ifset
7010
252b5132
RH
7011@ifset I80386
7012@include c-i386.texi
7013@end ifset
7014
e3308d0d
JE
7015@ifset I860
7016@include c-i860.texi
7017@end ifset
7018
252b5132
RH
7019@ifset I960
7020@include c-i960.texi
7021@end ifset
7022
9e32ca89
NC
7023@ifset IA64
7024@include c-ia64.texi
7025@end ifset
7026
a40cbfa3
NC
7027@ifset IP2K
7028@include c-ip2k.texi
7029@end ifset
7030
84e94c90
NC
7031@ifset LM32
7032@include c-lm32.texi
7033@end ifset
7034
49f58d10
JB
7035@ifset M32C
7036@include c-m32c.texi
7037@end ifset
7038
ec694b89
NC
7039@ifset M32R
7040@include c-m32r.texi
7041@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7042
7043@ifset M680X0
7044@include c-m68k.texi
7045@end ifset
7046
60bcf0fa
NC
7047@ifset M68HC11
7048@include c-m68hc11.texi
7049@end ifset
7050
01642c12 7051@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7052@include c-microblaze.texi
7053@end ifset
7054
252b5132
RH
7055@ifset MIPS
7056@include c-mips.texi
7057@end ifset
7058
3c3bdf30
NC
7059@ifset MMIX
7060@include c-mmix.texi
7061@end ifset
7062
2469cfa2
NC
7063@ifset MSP430
7064@include c-msp430.texi
7065@end ifset
7066
252b5132
RH
7067@ifset NS32K
7068@include c-ns32k.texi
7069@end ifset
7070
e135f41b
NC
7071@ifset PDP11
7072@include c-pdp11.texi
7073@end ifset
7074
041dd5a9
ILT
7075@ifset PJ
7076@include c-pj.texi
7077@end ifset
7078
418c1742
MG
7079@ifset PPC
7080@include c-ppc.texi
7081@end ifset
7082
046d31c2
NC
7083@ifset RX
7084@include c-rx.texi
7085@end ifset
7086
11c19e16
MS
7087@ifset S390
7088@include c-s390.texi
7089@end ifset
7090
c0157db4
NC
7091@ifset SCORE
7092@include c-score.texi
7093@end ifset
7094
252b5132
RH
7095@ifset SH
7096@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7097@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7098@end ifset
7099
7100@ifset SPARC
7101@include c-sparc.texi
7102@end ifset
7103
39bec121
TW
7104@ifset TIC54X
7105@include c-tic54x.texi
7106@end ifset
7107
40b36596
JM
7108@ifset TIC6X
7109@include c-tic6x.texi
7110@end ifset
7111
aa137e4d
NC
7112@ifset TILEGX
7113@include c-tilegx.texi
7114@end ifset
7115
7116@ifset TILEPRO
7117@include c-tilepro.texi
7118@end ifset
7119
3c9b82ba
NC
7120@ifset Z80
7121@include c-z80.texi
7122@end ifset
7123
252b5132
RH
7124@ifset Z8000
7125@include c-z8k.texi
7126@end ifset
7127
7128@ifset VAX
7129@include c-vax.texi
7130@end ifset
7131
7132@ifset V850
7133@include c-v850.texi
7134@end ifset
7135
e0001a05
NC
7136@ifset XTENSA
7137@include c-xtensa.texi
7138@end ifset
7139
252b5132
RH
7140@ifset GENERIC
7141@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7142@raisesections
7143@end ifset
7144
7145@node Reporting Bugs
7146@chapter Reporting Bugs
7147@cindex bugs in assembler
7148@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7149
a4fb0134 7150Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7151
7152Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7153not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7154entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7155Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7156
7157In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7158information that enables us to fix the bug.
7159
7160@menu
7161* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7162* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7163@end menu
7164
7165@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7166@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7167@cindex bug criteria
7168
7169If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7170
7171@itemize @bullet
7172@cindex fatal signal
7173@cindex assembler crash
7174@cindex crash of assembler
7175@item
7176If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7177@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7178
7179@cindex error on valid input
7180@item
a4fb0134 7181If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7182
7183@cindex invalid input
7184@item
a4fb0134 7185If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7186is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7187be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7188
7189@item
7190If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7191of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7192@end itemize
7193
7194@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7195@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7196@cindex bug reports
7197@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7198
7199A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7200you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7201contact that organization first.
7202
7203You can find contact information for many support companies and
7204individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7205distribution.
7206
ad22bfe8 7207@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7208In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7209to @value{BUGURL}.
7210@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7211
7212The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7213@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7214fact or leave it out, state it!
7215
7216Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7217and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7218name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7219not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7220happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7221perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7222the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7223give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7224and the most helpful.
7225
7226Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7227it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7228that the bug has not been reported previously.
7229
7230Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7231bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7232respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7233You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7234
7235To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7236
7237@itemize @bullet
7238@item
a4fb0134 7239The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7240it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7241
7242Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7243the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7244
7245@item
a4fb0134 7246Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7247
7248@item
7249The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7250version number.
7251
7252@item
a4fb0134 7253What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7254``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7255
7256@item
7257The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7258observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7259all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7260
7261If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7262and then we might not encounter the bug.
7263
7264@item
7265A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7266the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7267high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7268when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7269the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7270file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7271@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7272
7273@item
7274A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7275incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7276
a4fb0134 7277Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7278will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7279notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7280make a mistake.
7281
7282Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7283explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7284@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7285library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7286would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7287would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7288expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7289observations.
7290
7291@item
a4fb0134 7292If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7293diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7294option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7295discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7296by line number.
7297
7298The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7299sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7300@end itemize
7301
7302Here are some things that are not necessary:
7303
7304@itemize @bullet
7305@item
7306A description of the envelope of the bug.
7307
7308Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7309which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7310changes will not affect it.
7311
7312This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7313will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7314with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7315We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7316
7317Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7318of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7319output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7320less time, and so on.
7321
7322However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7323report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7324
7325@item
7326A patch for the bug.
7327
7328A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7329the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7330a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7331to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7332
a4fb0134 7333Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7334construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7335the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7336one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7337
7338And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7339patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7340help us to understand.
7341
7342@item
7343A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7344
7345Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7346things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7347@end itemize
7348
7349@node Acknowledgements
7350@chapter Acknowledgements
7351
653cfe85 7352If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7353it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7354maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7355@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7356the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7357
7358Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7359more details?}
7360
7361Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7362information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7363extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7364
7365K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7366many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7367up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7368testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7369including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7370and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7371support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7372port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7373file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7374assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7375
7376Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7377in format-specific I/O modules.
7378
7379The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7380has done much work with it since.
7381
7382The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7383
7384Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7385
7386The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7387University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7388
7389Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7390(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7391(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7392support a.out format.
7393
7be1c489
AM
7394Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7395tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7396Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7397use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7398targets.
7399
7400John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7401simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7402updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7403fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7404remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7405cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7406required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7407
7408Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
740968k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7410added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7411PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7412
653cfe85 7413Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7414
7415Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7416
7417Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7418along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7419formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7420the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7421
7422Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7423Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7424Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7425Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7426and some initial 64-bit support).
7427
c1253627 7428Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7429
252b5132
RH
7430Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7431support for openVMS/Alpha.
7432
39bec121
TW
7433Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7434flavors.
7435
e0001a05 7436David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7437Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7438
252b5132
RH
7439Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7440configuration enhancements.
7441
84e94c90
NC
7442Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7443
252b5132
RH
7444Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7445you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7446want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7447intentionally leaving anyone out.
7448
793c5807
NC
7449@node GNU Free Documentation License
7450@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7451@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7452
370b66a1
CD
7453@node AS Index
7454@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7455
7456@printindex cp
7457
252b5132
RH
7458@bye
7459@c Local Variables:
7460@c fill-column: 79
7461@c End:
This page took 1.02054 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.